1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
24 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
25 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
27 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
28 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
29 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
32 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
33 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
34 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
35 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
36 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
37 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
38 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
39 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
40 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
42 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
44 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
45 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
47 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
49 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
50 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
51 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
54 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
58 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
59 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
60 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
63 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
64 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
66 % redefine the greyed out note
67 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
68 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
70 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
75 \font_typewriter default
76 \font_default_family default
90 \paperorientation portrait
101 \paragraph_separation indent
103 \quotes_language english
106 \paperpagestyle default
107 \tracking_changes false
108 \output_changes false
124 \begin_layout Standard
126 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
129 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Standard
146 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
153 \begin_layout Standard
154 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
170 \begin_layout Chapter
174 \begin_layout Section
178 \begin_layout Standard
179 LyX is a document preparation system.
180 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
181 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
182 It is unlike most other
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
192 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
204 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
231 \begin_layout Standard
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
245 the format of all of the manuals.
246 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
247 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 \begin_layout Section
268 \begin_layout Standard
269 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
271 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
272 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
274 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
298 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
299 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
301 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
302 only a vertical scrollbar.
303 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
304 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
305 This, however, is due
306 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
307 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
308 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
309 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
311 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
312 this doesn't work for equations yet.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
317 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
319 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
373 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
374 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
375 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
376 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
378 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
383 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
387 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
390 \begin_layout Section
392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
393 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
400 \begin_layout Standard
401 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
402 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
410 \begin_layout Standard
422 that will be created when using the menu
424 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
429 \begin_layout Standard
440 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
441 \begin_inset Note Note
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
453 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
454 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
461 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
464 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
475 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
482 \begin_layout Chapter
486 \begin_layout Section
487 Basic File Operations
488 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
489 name "File Operations"
496 \begin_layout Standard
501 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
505 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
529 \begin_layout Itemize
535 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
563 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Standard
588 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
589 a few minor differences.
592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
601 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
602 you for a template to use.
603 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
604 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
605 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
606 (see section\InsetSpace ~
608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
609 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
616 \begin_layout Standard
618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
641 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
642 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
645 \begin_layout Standard
657 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
661 \begin_layout Standard
662 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
681 will reload the document from disk.
682 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
683 and want to restore it to the last save.
689 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
690 can identify this as your changes.
693 \begin_layout Section
694 Basic Editing Features
695 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
702 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
709 \begin_layout Standard
710 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
711 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
712 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
713 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
715 We'll start with cut and paste.
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 As you might expect, the
723 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
724 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
728 \begin_layout Itemize
734 \begin_layout Itemize
740 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
760 \begin_layout Itemize
768 \begin_layout Standard
769 The first three are self-explanatory.
770 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
771 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
780 keys also functions as the
785 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
786 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
787 it with what you just typed.
792 to get back the lost text.
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
802 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
805 \begin_layout Standard
808 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
810 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
812 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
815 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
821 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
827 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
828 will start a new paragraph.
831 \begin_layout Standard
832 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
833 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
839 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
851 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
856 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
867 button to skip the current word.
873 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
879 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
881 If the toggle is set, searching for
882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
893 will not match the word
894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
908 Match whole words only
910 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
938 \begin_layout Section
940 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
952 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
953 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
962 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
968 to undo some mistake.
969 If you accidentally undo too much, use
971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
982 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
987 \begin_layout Standard
988 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
989 it was last saved, the
990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
997 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
998 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1001 \begin_layout Standard
1010 work on almost everything in LyX.
1011 They have some quirks, too.
1020 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1021 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1029 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1030 surely appreciate how it works.
1033 \begin_layout Section
1035 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1036 name "Mouse Operations"
1043 \begin_layout Standard
1044 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1047 \begin_layout Enumerate
1052 \begin_layout Itemize
1057 once anywhere in the edit window.
1058 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1062 \begin_layout Enumerate
1067 \begin_layout Itemize
1073 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1079 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1082 \begin_layout Itemize
1083 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1085 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_layout Enumerate
1093 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1102 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1103 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1104 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1108 \begin_layout Enumerate
1113 \begin_layout Standard
1118 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1123 \begin_layout Section
1125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1126 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1139 \begin_layout Standard
1140 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1141 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1143 LyX's default is CUA.
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1173 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1177 \begin_layout Labeling
1178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1182 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1184 description "Tabulator key"
1190 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1191 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1194 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1200 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1204 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1206 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1207 reference "sub:Lists"
1213 If you're still confused, look in the
1220 \begin_layout Labeling
1221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1225 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1227 description "Escape key"
1234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1241 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1242 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1245 \begin_layout Labeling
1246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1257 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1258 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1262 \begin_layout Standard
1263 There are three modifier keys:
1266 \begin_layout Labeling
1267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1287 description "Control key"
1291 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1292 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1296 \begin_layout Itemize
1305 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1308 \begin_layout Itemize
1317 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1320 \begin_layout Itemize
1329 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1333 \begin_layout Labeling
1334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1352 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1354 description "Shift key"
1358 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1359 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1362 \begin_layout Labeling
1363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1381 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1383 description "Meta or Alt key"
1387 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1388 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1389 If you have you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually
1395 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1397 menu accelerator keys
1400 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1401 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1405 \begin_layout Standard
1406 For example, the sequence
1407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 \begin_layout Standard
1459 There are also other things bound to the
1463 key, but you'll have to check in the
1475 \begin_layout Standard
1476 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1477 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1478 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1479 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1480 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1481 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1482 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1498 followed by a capital
1504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1522 \begin_layout Chapter
1524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1532 \begin_layout Section
1534 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1535 name "Document ! Types"
1542 \begin_layout Subsection
1546 \begin_layout Standard
1547 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1548 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1549 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1550 numbering schemes, and so on.
1551 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1552 and format the title of your document differently.
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1560 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1561 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1562 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1563 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1564 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1567 \begin_layout Standard
1568 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1569 how to adjust their properties.
1572 \begin_layout Subsection
1574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1575 name "Document ! Classes"
1580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1581 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1592 \begin_layout Standard
1593 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1597 \begin_layout Description
1598 Article for basic articles
1601 \begin_layout Description
1602 Report for basic reports
1605 \begin_layout Description
1606 Book for writing a book
1609 \begin_layout Description
1610 Letter for US-style letters
1613 \begin_layout Standard
1614 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1616 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1617 can be found in chapter
1619 Special Document Classes
1628 \begin_layout Description
1629 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1632 \begin_layout Description
1639 \begin_layout Standard
1648 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1652 \begin_layout Description
1653 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1654 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1655 There are three article layouts available.
1656 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1657 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1658 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1659 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 sequential numbering
1665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1668 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1669 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1670 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1671 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1674 \begin_layout Description
1675 Beamer Layout for presentations
1678 \begin_layout Description
1679 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1680 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1684 \begin_layout Description
1685 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1686 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1689 \begin_layout Description
1690 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1693 \begin_layout Description
1696 Die TeXnische Komödie
1698 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1701 \begin_layout Description
1702 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1705 \begin_layout Description
1706 Foils Used to make transparencies
1709 \begin_layout Description
1710 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1713 \begin_layout Description
1714 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1715 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1719 \begin_layout Description
1720 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1721 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1728 \begin_layout Description
1729 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1734 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1741 \begin_layout Description
1746 LaTeX document class
1749 \begin_layout Description
1750 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1753 \begin_layout Description
1758 \begin_layout Standard
1765 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1766 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1768 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1771 \begin_layout Description
1772 Slides Used to make transparencies
1775 \begin_layout Description
1777 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1778 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1781 \begin_layout Description
1782 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1785 \begin_layout Description
1790 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1793 \begin_layout Standard
1794 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1796 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1801 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1802 of the document classes.
1805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 You can select a class using the
1812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1815 name "Document ! Settings"
1822 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 Each class has a default set of options.
1832 Here's a quick table describing them:
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1842 \begin_layout Standard
1844 \begin_inset Tabular
1845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1852 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1865 \begin_layout Standard
1880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1883 \begin_layout Standard
1898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1901 \begin_layout Standard
1916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1935 <row topline="true">
1936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1939 \begin_layout Standard
1953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1956 \begin_layout Standard
1971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1992 \begin_layout Standard
2007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2010 \begin_layout Standard
2026 <row topline="true">
2027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2047 \begin_layout Standard
2062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2065 \begin_layout Standard
2080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2083 \begin_layout Standard
2098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2101 \begin_layout Standard
2117 <row topline="true">
2118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2121 \begin_layout Standard
2135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2138 \begin_layout Standard
2153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2156 \begin_layout Standard
2171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2208 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2212 \begin_layout Standard
2226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2247 \begin_layout Standard
2262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2265 \begin_layout Standard
2280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2313 You're probably also wondering what
2314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2323 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2324 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2329 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2334 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2344 headings, there are also
2352 headings, and so on.
2353 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2355 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2356 reference "sub:Headings"
2363 \begin_layout Subsection
2365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2366 name "Document ! Layout"
2371 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2372 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2380 name "Document ! Settings"
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2390 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2400 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2403 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2405 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2406 to use for your document.
2407 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2411 \begin_layout Standard
2421 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2422 You can choose between the following five options:
2425 \begin_layout Labeling
2426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2431 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2434 \begin_layout Labeling
2435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2440 No page numbers or headings.
2443 \begin_layout Labeling
2444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2452 \begin_layout Labeling
2453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2458 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2459 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2460 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2463 \begin_layout Labeling
2464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2469 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2474 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2481 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2482 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2484 Check the documentation for the
2488 package for more details,
2489 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2497 \begin_layout Standard
2502 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2504 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2505 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2512 \begin_layout Subsection
2513 Paper Size and Orientation
2514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2515 name "Document ! Paper size"
2520 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2521 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2528 \begin_layout Standard
2529 You'll find the following options in the menu
2534 of the dialog of the
2536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2543 name "Document ! Settings"
2550 \begin_layout Labeling
2551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2556 What size paper to print on.
2560 \begin_layout Itemize
2566 \begin_layout Itemize
2576 \begin_layout Itemize
2582 \begin_layout Itemize
2588 \begin_layout Itemize
2594 \begin_layout Itemize
2600 \begin_layout Itemize
2606 \begin_layout Labeling
2607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2612 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2623 \begin_layout Labeling
2624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2627 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2630 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2631 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2634 \begin_layout Subsection
2636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2637 name "Document ! Margins"
2642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2656 \begin_layout Standard
2657 Paper margins are set in the menu
2659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2666 name "Document ! Settings"
2673 \begin_layout Standard
2674 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2675 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2676 the paper format and the font size into account.
2679 \begin_layout Subsection
2683 \begin_layout Standard
2684 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2689 That includes the paragraph environments.
2690 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2691 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2692 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2693 paragraph environments to
2697 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2698 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2699 the conversion and why it failed.
2702 \begin_layout Section
2703 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2704 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2705 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2712 \begin_layout Subsection
2714 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2715 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2722 \begin_layout Standard
2723 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2724 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2728 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2729 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2730 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2731 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2735 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2741 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2742 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2743 language than English.
2744 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2747 \begin_layout Standard
2748 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2749 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2751 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2752 LyX takes care of that.
2753 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2755 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2756 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2757 of a page, and so on.
2761 \begin_layout Standard
2762 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2772 of these pre-coded spacings.
2773 We'll explain more later.
2776 \begin_layout Subsection
2777 Paragraph Separation
2778 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2779 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2787 To separate paragraphs, select
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2805 name "Document ! Settings"
2811 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2812 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2813 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2816 \begin_layout Standard
2826 \begin_layout Standard
2827 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2830 reference "cap:Units"
2835 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2839 \begin_layout Subsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2848 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2851 dialog and toggle the
2856 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2857 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2858 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2864 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2867 \begin_layout Subsection
2869 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2870 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2883 name "Document ! Settings"
2889 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2898 \begin_layout Standard
2899 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2903 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2909 installed to use this feature.
2917 \begin_layout Section
2918 Paragraph Environments
2919 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2920 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2925 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2926 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2932 name "Paragraph environments|("
2939 \begin_layout Subsection
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2944 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2947 \begin_layout Standard
2967 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2968 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2969 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2978 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 A paragraph environment is simply a
2983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2990 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2991 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2992 scheme, labels, and so on.
2993 Additionally, you can
2994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3001 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3002 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3003 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3004 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3005 days of typewriters.
3006 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3008 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3011 \begin_layout Standard
3012 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3014 LyX will change the environment of the
3018 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3019 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3020 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3024 \begin_layout Standard
3033 create a new paragraph using the
3037 paragraph environment.
3039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3046 because if you are in one of these environments:
3049 \begin_layout Itemize
3055 \begin_layout Itemize
3061 \begin_layout Itemize
3067 \begin_layout Itemize
3073 \begin_layout Itemize
3079 \begin_layout Itemize
3085 \begin_layout Itemize
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3092 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3096 , rather than resetting it to
3101 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3102 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3103 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3105 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3106 reference "sec:Nesting"
3111 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3116 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3117 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3125 \begin_layout Subsection
3129 \begin_layout Standard
3130 The default paragraph environment is
3135 It creates a plain paragraph.
3136 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3137 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3138 this manual) are in the
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3146 You can nest a paragraph using the
3150 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3158 \begin_layout Subsection
3160 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3161 name "Document !Title"
3168 \begin_layout Standard
3169 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3178 for thanks or contact information.
3179 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3180 page along with today's date.
3181 For other types of documents, the title
3182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3189 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3193 \begin_layout Standard
3194 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3208 Here's how you use them:
3211 \begin_layout Itemize
3212 Put the title of your document in the
3219 \begin_layout Itemize
3220 Put the author name in the
3227 \begin_layout Itemize
3228 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3229 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3235 Note that using this environment is optional.
3236 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3237 If you don't want any date, add the line
3247 to the preamble of your document (menu
3249 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3256 You can use footnotes to insert
3257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3264 or contact informations.
3267 \begin_layout Subsection
3269 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3270 name "Section headings"
3275 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3283 \begin_layout Standard
3284 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3285 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3290 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3291 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3298 \begin_layout Standard
3299 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3303 \begin_layout Enumerate
3309 \begin_layout Enumerate
3315 \begin_layout Enumerate
3321 \begin_layout Enumerate
3327 \begin_layout Enumerate
3333 \begin_layout Enumerate
3339 \begin_layout Enumerate
3345 \begin_layout Standard
3346 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3347 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3348 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3351 \begin_layout Standard
3352 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3353 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3354 You group the book into chapters.
3355 LyX does similar grouping:
3358 \begin_layout Itemize
3363 is divided in either
3372 \begin_layout Itemize
3384 \begin_layout Itemize
3396 \begin_layout Itemize
3408 \begin_layout Itemize
3420 \begin_layout Itemize
3432 \begin_layout Standard
3433 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3441 Not all document types use the
3445 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3450 is the top-level heading.
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3463 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3464 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3466 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3481 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3488 \begin_layout Standard
3489 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3493 \begin_layout Enumerate
3499 \begin_layout Enumerate
3505 \begin_layout Enumerate
3511 \begin_layout Enumerate
3517 \begin_layout Enumerate
3523 \begin_layout Standard
3525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3532 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3533 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3534 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3536 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3545 Changing the Numbering
3546 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3556 in the Table of Contents.
3557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3559 Certain classes start with
3573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3583 This is something you can change.
3586 \begin_layout Standard
3589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3596 name "Document ! Settings"
3604 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3608 you'll see two counters.
3613 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3615 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3620 Short Titles of Headings
3621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3622 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3637 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3638 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3645 \begin_layout Standard
3646 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3647 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3648 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3649 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3652 \begin_layout Standard
3653 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3654 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3655 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3656 To specify a short title, use the menu
3658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3663 This will insert a box labeled
3664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3679 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3680 This also works for captions inside floats.
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3691 \begin_layout Standard
3692 The following information applies to all section headings:
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3696 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3699 \begin_layout Itemize
3700 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3703 \begin_layout Itemize
3704 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3708 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3711 \begin_layout Subsection
3712 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3715 \begin_layout Standard
3716 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3730 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3731 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3732 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3733 the text they contain.
3734 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3742 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3755 when you start a new paragraph.
3756 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3760 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3761 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3762 to change back to the
3766 environment yourself.
3769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3779 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3785 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3795 time for the differences.
3804 are identical except for one difference:
3808 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3817 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3820 \begin_layout Standard
3821 Here's an example of the
3834 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3836 See -- no indentation!
3840 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3841 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3842 the other paragraph.
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 Here's another example, this time in the
3853 \begin_layout Quotation
3859 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3860 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3861 the first line, then
3865 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3869 you were quoting other text.
3872 \begin_layout Quotation
3873 Here's a new paragraph.
3874 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3875 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 As the examples show,
3883 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3884 They should put quotes in the
3889 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3893 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3903 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3916 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3924 \begin_layout Standard
3929 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3936 Which I did not rehearse!
3940 It could be much worse.
3941 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3943 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3944 indented a bit more than the first.
3945 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3952 And make things look fine
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3966 does not indent both margins.
3967 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3968 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3979 \begin_layout Subsection
3981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3987 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3995 \begin_layout Standard
3996 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4006 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4015 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4016 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4017 some general features of all four of them.
4020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4027 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4036 reset the environment to
4040 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4041 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4042 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4047 to break paragraphs.
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4051 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4052 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4054 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4055 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4057 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4058 reference "sec:Nesting"
4066 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4073 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4078 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4086 \begin_layout Standard
4087 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4091 paragraph environment.
4092 It has the following properties:
4095 \begin_layout Itemize
4096 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4100 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4104 \begin_layout Itemize
4105 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4109 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 The items can have any length.
4111 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4112 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 environment inside another
4128 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4132 \begin_layout Itemize
4133 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4136 \begin_layout Itemize
4137 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4140 \begin_layout Itemize
4141 See section\InsetSpace ~
4143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4144 reference "sec:Nesting"
4148 for a full explanation of nesting.
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4153 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4162 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4167 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4168 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4171 \begin_layout Itemize
4172 The label for the first level
4176 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4180 \begin_layout Itemize
4181 The label for the second level is a dash.
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Back out to the third level.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Back to the second level.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back to the outermost level.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 These are the default labels for an
4215 You can customize these labels in the
4217 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4220 dialog in the submenu
4227 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4228 name "Document ! Settings"
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4237 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4238 in section\InsetSpace ~
4240 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4241 reference "sec:Nesting"
4248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4254 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4255 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4260 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4261 name "sec:Enumerate"
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4273 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4274 It has these properties:
4277 \begin_layout Enumerate
4278 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4283 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4291 \begin_layout Enumerate
4296 environment resets the counter to one.
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4314 Items can have any length.
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4321 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4326 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4339 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4340 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4347 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 The first level of an
4352 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4356 \begin_layout Enumerate
4357 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4361 \begin_layout Enumerate
4362 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4370 \begin_layout Enumerate
4371 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 Back to the third level
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Back to the second level.
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the outermost level.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4396 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4401 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4406 There is more to nesting
4410 environments than we've stated here.
4411 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4414 reference "sec:Nesting"
4418 to learn more about nesting.
4421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4428 name "Lists ! Description"
4433 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4434 name "sec:Description-List"
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4446 list has no fixed label.
4447 Instead, LyX uses the first
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4455 of the first line as the label.
4459 \begin_layout Description
4460 Example: This is an example of the
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4481 it is meant that the first hit of the
4485 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4487 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4499 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4500 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4503 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4506 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4510 for more info.) Here is an example:
4513 \begin_layout Description
4515 Example: This one shows how to use a
4517 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4527 \begin_layout Description
4528 Usage: You should use the
4532 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4533 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4535 It's not a good idea to use a
4539 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4540 You're better off using
4552 paragraphs into them.
4555 \begin_layout Description
4556 Nesting: You can nest
4560 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4564 \begin_layout Standard
4565 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4566 them from the first line.
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4576 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4581 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4594 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4598 \begin_layout Standard
4607 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4608 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4611 \begin_layout Labeling
4612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4614 labels LyX uses the first
4615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4622 of each line as the item label.
4627 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4628 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4629 blank as described above.
4632 \begin_layout Labeling
4633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4634 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4635 the body of the item text.
4636 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4637 label width plus a little extra space.
4641 \begin_layout Labeling
4642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4644 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4646 If the label width is larger, the label
4647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4654 into the first line.
4655 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4656 margin of the rest of the item text.
4659 \begin_layout Labeling
4660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4661 default\InsetSpace ~
4662 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4667 environment have the same left margin.
4669 To change the default width, select
4670 all items in the list.
4673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4680 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4683 determines the default label width.
4684 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 multiple times instead.
4694 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4703 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4705 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4708 every time you alter a label in a
4714 The predefined default width is the length of
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4734 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4735 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4748 environment the same way like the
4752 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4758 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4767 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4769 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4770 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4773 reference "sec:Nesting"
4777 to learn about nesting.
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4781 There is yet another feature of the
4785 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4787 You can use additional
4791 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4796 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4798 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4799 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4804 Here are some examples:
4807 \begin_layout Labeling
4808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4809 Left The default for
4816 \begin_layout Labeling
4817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4824 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4827 \begin_layout Labeling
4828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4837 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4840 \begin_layout Subsection
4842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4875 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4876 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4877 In contrast, you can use the
4886 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4887 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4892 Of course, you're not limited to using
4907 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4908 some European academic papers.
4911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4913 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4914 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4926 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4927 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4933 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4934 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4935 Here's an example of each:
4938 \begin_layout Right Address
4945 When is it? What is today?
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4955 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4956 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4957 Here's an example of the
4964 \begin_layout Address
4967 Where do I send this
4969 Your post office and country
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 As you can see, both
4982 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4987 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4993 This makes sense, since
5001 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5002 Thus, you have to use
5012 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5013 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5021 menu) to start a new line in an
5033 \begin_layout Subsection
5037 \begin_layout Standard
5038 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5039 or list of references.
5040 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5047 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5060 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5061 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5062 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5063 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5067 in anything else or vice versa.
5073 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5074 The book document classes ignores the
5078 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5082 in a letter document class.
5085 \begin_layout Standard
5090 environment does several things for you.
5091 First, it puts the centered label
5092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5100 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5102 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5103 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5104 the subsequent text.
5105 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5106 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5109 \begin_layout Standard
5110 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5114 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5115 The new paragraph will still be in the
5120 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5121 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 \begin_inset Float figure
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5132 \begin_inset Graphics
5133 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5141 \begin_layout Standard
5142 \begin_inset Caption
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5146 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5172 environment, but since this document is in the
5173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5180 class, we can't do this.
5181 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5183 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5184 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5189 If you've never heard of an
5190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5197 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5206 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5212 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5213 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5225 environment is used to list references.
5226 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5227 only use it at the end of the document.
5232 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5235 \begin_layout Standard
5236 When you first open a
5240 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5256 depending on the document class.
5257 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5258 Each paragraph of the
5262 environment is a bibliography entry.
5267 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5268 Each new paragraph is still in the
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5277 in section\InsetSpace ~
5279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5280 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5287 \begin_layout Subsection
5291 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5292 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5297 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5310 environment is another LyX extension.
5311 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5316 key as a fixed whitespace;
5320 \begin_layout Standard
5331 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5334 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5339 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5340 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5358 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5359 So, when you finish using the
5363 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5364 Also, you can nest the
5368 environment inside of others.
5371 \begin_layout Standard
5372 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5375 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5417 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 \begin_layout Itemize
5427 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5428 You must put at least one
5432 in any line you want blank.
5433 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5441 since that will insert
5446 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5454 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5461 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5465 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5469 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5473 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5477 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5478 printf("Hello World!
5483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 This is just the standard
5493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5509 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5510 rc-files, and so on.
5511 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5512 as if you used a typewriter.
5513 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5514 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5521 \begin_layout Section
5522 Nesting Environments
5523 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5524 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5529 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5537 \begin_layout Subsection
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5542 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5544 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5546 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5548 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 \begin_layout Standard
5583 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5584 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5586 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5592 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5600 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5601 will tell you how far you are nested).
5602 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5603 \begin_inset Graphics
5604 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
5609 \begin_inset Graphics
5610 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
5614 or the convenient key bindings
5622 to change the nesting level.
5623 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5624 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5628 \begin_layout Standard
5629 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5630 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5631 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5632 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5635 \begin_layout Standard
5636 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5637 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5639 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5642 \begin_layout Subsection
5643 What You Can and Can't Nest
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5647 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5648 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5653 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5654 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5657 \begin_layout Itemize
5658 Completely unnestable
5661 \begin_layout Itemize
5662 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5663 other things inside of them.
5666 \begin_layout Itemize
5667 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5672 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5673 environments have them:
5676 \begin_layout Description
5677 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5678 Can't nest into them.
5682 \begin_layout Itemize
5688 \begin_layout Itemize
5694 \begin_layout Itemize
5702 \begin_layout Itemize
5708 \begin_layout Itemize
5714 \begin_layout Itemize
5722 \begin_layout Itemize
5728 \begin_layout Itemize
5734 \begin_layout Itemize
5740 \begin_layout Itemize
5746 \begin_layout Itemize
5752 \begin_layout Itemize
5758 \begin_layout Itemize
5764 \begin_layout Itemize
5770 \begin_layout Itemize
5776 \begin_layout Itemize
5782 \begin_layout Itemize
5789 \begin_layout Description
5791 Nestable You can nest them.
5792 You can nest other things into them.
5796 \begin_layout Itemize
5802 \begin_layout Itemize
5808 \begin_layout Itemize
5814 \begin_layout Itemize
5820 \begin_layout Itemize
5826 \begin_layout Itemize
5832 \begin_layout Itemize
5838 \begin_layout Itemize
5845 \begin_layout Description
5846 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5847 You can't nest anything into them.
5851 \begin_layout Itemize
5857 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 \begin_layout Itemize
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5876 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5890 \begin_layout Subsection
5891 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5892 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5893 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5898 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5899 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5907 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5908 affected by nesting anyhow.
5912 \begin_layout Itemize
5916 \begin_layout Itemize
5920 \begin_layout Itemize
5924 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5934 If you put a figure or a table in a
5938 , this is no longer true.
5943 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5945 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5946 reference "sec:Floats"
5950 for more informations about
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5959 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5964 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5972 of its own, it behaves just like a
5973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5980 paragraph environment.
5981 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5985 \begin_layout Standard
5986 Here's an example with a table:
5989 \begin_layout Enumerate
5994 \begin_layout Enumerate
5995 This is (a) and it's nested.
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6008 \begin_inset Tabular
6009 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6013 <row topline="true">
6014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6017 \begin_layout Standard
6032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6051 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6055 \begin_layout Standard
6070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6097 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6104 \begin_layout Enumerate
6106 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6110 \begin_layout Enumerate
6114 \begin_layout Standard
6115 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6118 \begin_layout Enumerate
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6124 This is (a) and it's nested.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6129 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6137 \begin_inset Tabular
6138 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6142 <row topline="true">
6143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6164 \begin_layout Standard
6180 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6184 \begin_layout Standard
6199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6202 \begin_layout Standard
6225 \begin_layout Standard
6226 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6232 \begin_layout Enumerate
6239 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6242 \begin_layout Enumerate
6246 \begin_layout Standard
6247 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6254 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6257 \begin_layout Enumerate
6262 \begin_layout Enumerate
6263 This is (a) and it's nested.
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6267 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6275 \begin_inset Tabular
6276 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6280 <row topline="true">
6281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6318 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6363 \begin_layout Standard
6364 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6370 \begin_layout Enumerate
6372 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6380 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 \begin_layout Standard
6385 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6391 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6392 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6396 \begin_layout Subsection
6397 Usage and General Features
6398 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6399 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6407 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6416 is the innermost possible depth.
6417 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6420 \begin_layout Enumerate
6421 level #1 - outermost
6425 \begin_layout Enumerate
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6456 both of them in the example.
6457 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6467 For example, if we tried to nest another
6472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6482 \begin_layout Subsection
6484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6485 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6492 \begin_layout Standard
6493 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6494 We have several examples of nested environments.
6495 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6500 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6503 \begin_layout Labeling
6504 \labelwidthstring MMM
6505 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6514 \begin_layout Labeling
6515 \labelwidthstring MMM
6516 #2-a This is level #2.
6517 We created it by using
6529 \begin_layout Labeling
6530 \labelwidthstring MMM
6531 #3-a This is level #3.
6532 This time, we just hit
6541 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6559 environment, nested inside of
6560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6568 So, it's at level #4.
6569 We did this by hitting
6577 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6582 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6603 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6610 \begin_layout Labeling
6611 \labelwidthstring MMM
6612 #4-a This is level #4.
6617 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6622 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6626 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6631 keep nesting things inside of
6632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6643 \begin_layout Labeling
6644 \labelwidthstring MMM
6645 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6650 \begin_layout Labeling
6651 \labelwidthstring MMM
6652 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6653 and this is level #6.
6654 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6658 \begin_layout Labeling
6659 \labelwidthstring MMM
6660 #5-b Back to level #5.
6673 \begin_layout Labeling
6674 \labelwidthstring MMM
6683 , we're back at level #4.
6687 \begin_layout Labeling
6688 \labelwidthstring MMM
6689 #3-b Back to level #3.
6690 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6694 \begin_layout Labeling
6695 \labelwidthstring MMM
6696 #2-b Back to level #2.
6701 \begin_layout Labeling
6702 \labelwidthstring MMM
6703 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6704 After this sentence, we'll hit
6708 and change the paragraph environment back to
6715 \begin_layout Standard
6716 We could have also used the
6732 environment in place of the
6737 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6741 Example 2: Inheritance
6744 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6745 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6748 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6758 , after which, we'll change to the
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 environment, at level #2.
6774 \begin_layout Enumerate
6775 Notice how the nested
6779 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6783 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 We ended this example by hitting
6793 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6797 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6805 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6817 \begin_layout Standard
6818 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6827 This is level #1, in an
6831 paragraph environment.
6832 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6847 Now, what happens if we nest an
6851 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6852 label be? An asterisk?
6856 \begin_layout Itemize
6866 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6867 So, its label is a bullet.
6868 (We got here by using
6876 , then changing the environment to
6884 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 Here's level #4, produced using
6894 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6899 \begin_layout Enumerate
6900 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6902 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6907 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6911 , because we are in the
6935 \begin_layout Enumerate
6940 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6941 type of numbering does LyX use?
6944 \begin_layout Enumerate
6945 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6949 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6957 to decrease the depth after the next
6965 \begin_layout Enumerate
6967 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6971 \begin_layout Enumerate
6973 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6974 numeral as the label.Why?
6977 \begin_layout Enumerate
6978 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6987 Notice, however, that LyX
6991 reset the counter for the label.
6995 \begin_layout Enumerate
7004 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7005 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7006 into the twofold-nested
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7015 The same thing happens if we do another
7023 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7032 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7046 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7052 The same rule applies for the
7056 environment, as well.
7059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7060 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7063 \begin_layout Enumerate
7064 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7065 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7066 same detail with how we did it.
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7080 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7081 example in parentheses someplace.
7082 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7083 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7084 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7088 \begin_layout Enumerate
7093 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7098 Now we'll add verse.
7100 It will get much worse.
7104 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7110 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7112 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7131 \begin_layout Standard
7133 \begin_inset Tabular
7134 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7176 <row topline="true">
7177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7180 \begin_layout Standard
7195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7225 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7229 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7235 \begin_layout Enumerate
7240 : level #1) This is another item.
7241 Note that selecting a
7245 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7246 3 times to put the table inside the
7254 \begin_layout Quotation
7255 We're now ending the
7259 list and changing to
7264 We're still at level #1.
7265 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7266 The next set of paragraphs is a
7267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7283 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7287 for the letter body.
7292 to preserve the depth.
7293 Remember that you need to use
7297 to create multiple lines inside the
7311 \begin_layout Right Address
7314 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7319 \begin_layout Address
7320 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7324 \begin_layout Quotation
7325 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7326 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7329 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7330 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7331 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7332 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7333 as soon as possible.
7334 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7337 \begin_layout Quotation
7338 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7339 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7340 with your order, along with payment.
7343 \begin_layout Quotation
7344 We thank you again for your patience.
7347 \begin_layout Address
7354 \begin_layout Quotation
7355 That ends that example!
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7359 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7360 just a few keystrokes.
7361 We could have easily nested an
7382 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7385 \begin_layout Section
7386 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7389 \begin_layout Subsection
7391 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7392 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7406 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7407 in a uniform fashion.
7408 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7409 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7410 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7411 equally between themselves.
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7420 can be inserted with
7422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7423 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7424 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7428 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7433 This is on the left side
7435 This is on the right
7458 \begin_layout Standard
7459 That was an example in the
7465 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7471 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7474 is one in a standard paragraph.
7475 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7479 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7483 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7484 Here's an example with the
7491 \begin_layout Labeling
7492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 marks the beginning of the item.
7514 (There is actually a
7515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7522 HFill inside of the label of the
7526 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7535 situations, like two-column mode.
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7547 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7551 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7552 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7553 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7563 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7565 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7579 Other space variants
7580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7581 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7588 \begin_layout Standard
7589 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7590 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7592 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7598 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7600 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7603 \begin_layout Paragraph
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7609 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7620 For example the command
7627 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7630 cm space within the following line:
7633 \begin_layout Standard
7635 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7642 \begin_layout Standard
7652 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7656 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7659 cm space between the arrows.
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7663 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7665 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7666 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7673 \begin_layout Paragraph
7677 \begin_layout Standard
7678 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7680 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7683 \begin_layout Standard
7684 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7687 What is correct English?:
7692 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7725 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7732 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7743 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7750 In our case write the command
7757 (note the space after
7758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7765 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7766 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7767 That is why it is named
7768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7779 \begin_layout Standard
7780 There exists also the commands
7792 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7793 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7794 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7795 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7807 \begin_layout Subsection
7809 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7810 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7817 \begin_layout Standard
7818 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7821 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7822 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7826 There you find the following sizes:
7829 \begin_layout Standard
7842 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7847 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7852 name "Document ! Settings"
7858 for the paragraph separation.
7859 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7870 \begin_layout Standard
7875 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7876 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7878 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7879 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7888 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7897 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7899 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7900 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7909 If there are several
7913 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7914 You can therefore use
7918 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7926 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7929 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7936 \begin_layout Standard
7937 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7947 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7948 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7960 \begin_layout Subsection
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7971 There are four possibilities:
7974 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7998 \begin_layout Standard
7999 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8000 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8001 the left and right margins.
8002 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8005 \begin_layout Standard
8007 This paragraph is right aligned,
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8012 this one is centered,
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 this one is left aligned.
8020 \begin_layout Subsection
8022 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8028 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8029 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8037 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8038 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8039 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8040 Only if you use many
8044 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8047 \begin_layout Standard
8048 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8049 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8053 have to change the pagebreaking.
8056 \begin_layout Standard
8057 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8059 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8062 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8067 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8068 that it fills out the complete page.
8069 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8070 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8071 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8082 \begin_layout Standard
8083 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8085 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8096 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8097 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 normally one uses simply
8114 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8115 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8118 \begin_layout Standard
8119 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8120 at the top of a page.
8121 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8122 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8123 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8124 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8126 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8127 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8140 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8141 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8146 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8147 name "Pagebreaks ! clear"
8154 \begin_layout Standard
8155 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8156 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8157 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8158 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8159 if necessary by adding pages.
8162 \begin_layout Standard
8163 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8166 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8171 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8174 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8179 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8180 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8183 \begin_layout Subsection
8185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8191 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8192 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8199 \begin_layout Standard
8200 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8202 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8214 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8215 whole space between the page margins.
8216 This is necessary to avoid
8217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8224 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8225 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8237 The syntax is similar tho the command
8243 , described in the previous section.
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8247 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8248 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8249 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8250 set a linebreak, e.g.
8251 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8253 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8254 reference "sec:Quote"
8259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8260 reference "sec:Verse"
8265 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8266 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8273 \begin_layout Subsection
8275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8284 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8285 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8286 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8287 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8289 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8295 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8296 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8302 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8311 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8312 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8313 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8314 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8317 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8322 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8323 In this case, insert one with
8325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8326 Special\InsetSpace ~
8327 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8328 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8340 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8341 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8347 name "Spaces ! protected"
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8357 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8361 Further documentation is given in section
8364 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8365 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8373 \begin_layout Standard
8374 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8387 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8388 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8397 A protected space is set with
8399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8400 Special\InsetSpace ~
8401 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8418 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8419 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8424 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8425 name "Spaces ! thin"
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8441 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8450 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8451 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8452 inside abbreviations:
8456 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8458 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8459 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8463 \begin_layout Standard
8464 or between values and units.
8465 Compare for example this:
8467 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8473 \begin_layout Standard
8474 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8477 Special\InsetSpace ~
8478 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8493 \begin_layout Standard
8494 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8495 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8496 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8498 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8499 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8508 Te latter means to type
8512 space-insert <command>
8519 into the command buffer, where
8523 is one of the following:
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8536 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8538 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8539 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8551 \begin_layout Standard
8553 \begin_inset Tabular
8554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8559 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8563 \begin_layout Standard
8571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8574 \begin_layout Standard
8582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8585 \begin_layout Standard
8594 <row topline="true">
8595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8598 \begin_layout Standard
8606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8609 \begin_layout Standard
8616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8626 <row topline="true">
8627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Standard
8658 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8662 \begin_layout Standard
8670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8683 \begin_layout Standard
8690 <row bottomline="true">
8691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8694 \begin_layout Standard
8702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8722 <row bottomline="true">
8723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Standard
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8754 <row bottomline="true">
8755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8758 \begin_layout Standard
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Standard
8786 <row bottomline="true">
8787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8818 <row bottomline="true">
8819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8822 \begin_layout Standard
8830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8857 \begin_layout Subsection
8859 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8860 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8865 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8866 name "Horizontal lines"
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8879 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8880 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8883 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8889 \begin_layout Section
8890 Fonts and Text Styles
8891 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8892 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8899 \begin_layout Subsection
8901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8910 There are two types of fonts:
8913 \begin_layout Description
8916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8917 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8921 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8922 characters) in the font.
8923 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8924 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8925 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8926 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8927 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8928 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8929 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8930 provide a good image.
8932 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8933 size and scale them.
8934 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8935 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8936 sizes than at small ones.
8954 \begin_layout Description
8957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8958 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8962 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8963 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8964 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8965 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8966 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8967 picture manipulation program.
8968 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8969 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8970 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8971 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8972 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8974 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8975 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8977 Bitmap fonts are named
8983 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8987 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8988 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8989 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8990 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8994 \begin_layout Standard
8995 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8996 its document properties.
8999 \begin_layout Standard
9000 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9001 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9002 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9003 font to emphasize text, you use an
9004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9012 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9013 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9017 \begin_layout Subsection
9018 Document Font and Font size
9019 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9020 name "sub:Document-Font"
9025 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9031 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9032 name "Document ! Font"
9039 \begin_layout Standard
9040 You can set the document fonts in the
9042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9046 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9047 name "Document ! Settings"
9052 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9066 The possible options for the font include
9070 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9075 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 European Computer Modern
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9110 \begin_layout Standard
9119 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9120 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9125 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9130 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9136 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9137 There are three ways to use one:
9140 \begin_layout Itemize
9141 One way is to use the
9151 Virtual means that it
9152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9163 -glyphs from other fonts.
9164 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 Loading the LaTeX-package
9189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9190 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9196 with the document preamble line
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9204 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 will fix the guillemet problem.
9213 and that accented characters are not
9217 glyph, they are build of
9221 characters, the accent and the letter.
9222 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9226 fonts for words with accented characters.
9227 If you search for example for the French word
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9244 and not for the glyph
9245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9252 \begin_layout Standard
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9266 \begin_inset Note Note
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9277 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9278 to be accented with the grave.
9280 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9281 in section\InsetSpace ~
9283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9296 \begin_layout Itemize
9297 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9301 \begin_layout Standard
9310 , consists of these three main font types
9337 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9338 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9345 The differences between roman,
9354 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9357 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9368 was originally designed for newspapers.
9369 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9370 into the small newspaper columns.
9376 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9379 \begin_layout Itemize
9380 The best solution is to use the
9385 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9392 \begin_layout Standard
9393 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9396 For the font size there are four possible values:
9413 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 The font sizes are the
9422 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9423 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9424 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9430 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9433 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9441 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9445 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9448 \begin_layout Standard
9453 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9457 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9458 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9459 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9461 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9464 dialog, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
9466 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9467 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
9479 \begin_layout Subsection
9480 Using Different Character Styles
9481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9482 name "Character Styles"
9487 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9488 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9495 \begin_layout Standard
9496 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9497 certain paragraph environments.
9498 LyX supports two character styles,
9507 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9511 \begin_layout Standard
9516 style, do one of the following:
9519 \begin_layout Itemize
9520 click on the toolbar button
9521 \begin_inset Graphics
9522 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
9529 \begin_layout Itemize
9536 \begin_layout Standard
9537 These commands are all toggles.
9542 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 One typically uses the
9550 style for proper names.
9552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9559 is the original author of LyX.
9560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9566 \begin_layout Standard
9567 A more widely used character style is the
9572 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9579 \begin_layout Itemize
9580 clicking on the toolbar button
9581 \begin_inset Graphics
9582 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
9589 \begin_layout Itemize
9590 using the keybindings
9596 \begin_layout Standard
9601 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9602 es use a different font.
9605 \begin_layout Standard
9606 We've been using the
9610 style all over the place in this document.
9611 Here's one more example:
9614 \begin_layout Quotation
9617 Don't overuse character styles!
9620 \begin_layout Standard
9621 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9622 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9623 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9624 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9628 \begin_layout Standard
9629 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9636 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9643 \begin_layout Subsection
9644 Fine-Tuning with the
9649 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9650 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9661 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9662 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9670 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9671 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9672 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9673 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9674 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9675 from ordinary dialog.
9678 \begin_layout Standard
9679 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9680 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9682 Documents that overuse
9683 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9684 has knocked huge holes in it.
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9688 To use custom character styles, open the
9690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9695 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9696 font property which you can choose.
9697 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9702 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9707 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9708 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9709 environments in a snap.
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9725 \begin_layout Labeling
9726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9740 The possible options are:
9744 \begin_layout Labeling
9745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9750 This is the Roman font family.
9751 Normally a serif font.
9752 It's also the default family.
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9775 \begin_layout Standard
9783 \begin_inset Note Note
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9788 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9791 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9803 \begin_layout Labeling
9804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9812 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9819 \begin_layout Standard
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9847 \begin_layout Labeling
9848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9855 This is the Typewriter font family.
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9880 \begin_layout Standard
9893 \begin_layout Labeling
9894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9899 This corresponds to the print weight.
9904 \begin_layout Labeling
9905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9910 This is the Medium font series.
9911 It's also the default series.
9914 \begin_layout Labeling
9915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9922 This is the Bold font series.
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9947 \begin_layout Standard
9958 \begin_layout Labeling
9959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9964 As the name implies.
9969 \begin_layout Labeling
9970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9975 This is the Upright font shape.
9976 It's also the default shape.
9979 \begin_layout Labeling
9980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9994 s the Italic font shape
10000 \begin_layout Labeling
10001 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10008 This is the Slanted font shape
10010 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10013 \begin_layout Labeling
10014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10022 This is the Small caps font shape
10029 \begin_layout Labeling
10030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10035 Alters the size of the font.
10036 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10037 nal to the document font size.
10038 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10039 what you want to do.
10044 \begin_layout Labeling
10045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10124 \begin_layout Labeling
10125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10175 \begin_layout Labeling
10176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10198 \begin_layout Standard
10216 \begin_layout Standard
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10245 \begin_layout Standard
10255 \begin_layout Labeling
10256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10278 \begin_layout Standard
10296 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_layout Standard
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10335 \begin_layout Labeling
10336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10350 It's also the default size.
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10373 \begin_layout Standard
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10412 \begin_layout Labeling
10413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10492 \begin_layout Labeling
10493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10515 \begin_layout Standard
10533 \begin_layout Standard
10544 \begin_layout Standard
10562 \begin_layout Standard
10572 \begin_layout Labeling
10573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10613 \begin_layout Standard
10623 \begin_layout Labeling
10624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10646 \begin_layout Standard
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10703 \begin_layout Labeling
10704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10784 \begin_layout Standard
10789 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10790 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10791 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10792 - use that instead.
10793 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10796 \begin_layout Labeling
10797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10802 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10807 \begin_layout Labeling
10808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10815 This is text with emphasize on
10818 This might seem like the same as
10822 , but it is actually a bit different.
10828 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10830 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10833 \begin_layout Labeling
10834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10841 This is text with Underbar on.
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10879 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10880 when you couldn't change fonts.
10881 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10882 It's only included in LyX because some people
10886 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10889 \begin_layout Labeling
10890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10897 This is text with Noun on.
10904 , this is a logical attribute.
10905 Normally it's equivalent to
10914 \begin_layout Labeling
10915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10920 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10921 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10927 , which is the default
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 and means normally black, you can choose between
10970 \begin_layout Labeling
10971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10976 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10977 the language of the document.
10978 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10984 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10990 dialog, the settings are saved.
10991 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10992 \begin_inset Graphics
10993 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
10998 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10999 when the dialog isn't visible.
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11004 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11010 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11011 (suppose you just set the shape to
11012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11029 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11039 \begin_layout Standard
11040 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11057 \begin_layout Itemize
11063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11070 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11093 \begin_layout Standard
11106 \begin_layout Standard
11118 \begin_inset Note Note
11121 \begin_layout Standard
11122 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11125 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11139 \begin_layout Itemize
11144 fonts use characters with serifs.
11145 These are the small
11146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11153 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11154 The following example will show the difference:
11160 text without serifs
11164 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11165 They are therefore used as default font (named
11172 \begin_layout Itemize
11178 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11179 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11183 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11184 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11187 \begin_layout Section
11188 Printing and Previewing
11191 \begin_layout Subsection
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11197 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11198 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11199 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11200 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11202 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11209 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11210 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11211 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11212 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11213 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11214 This happens in two stages:
11217 \begin_layout Enumerate
11218 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11219 generating a file with the extension,
11220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11234 \begin_layout Enumerate
11235 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11239 file to produce printable output.
11243 \begin_layout Subsection
11244 Output file formats
11245 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11246 name "File formats"
11251 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11252 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11261 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11262 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11269 \begin_layout Standard
11270 This file type has the extension
11271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11283 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11287 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11297 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11307 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11314 \begin_layout Standard
11315 This file type has the extension
11316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11327 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11329 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11330 it manually with console commands.
11331 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11332 you view or export your document.
11335 \begin_layout Standard
11336 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11338 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11339 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_layout Standard
11356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11359 name "File formats ! DVI"
11366 \begin_layout Standard
11367 This file type has the extension
11368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11388 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11389 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11390 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11392 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11400 \begin_layout Standard
11405 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11406 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11411 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11412 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11413 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11414 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11418 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11420 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11421 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11429 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11430 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 This file type has the extension
11439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11451 PostScript was developed by the company
11455 as printer language.
11456 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11458 PostScript can be seen as
11459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11462 programming language
11463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11466 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11470 \begin_layout Standard
11471 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11478 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11487 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11495 Encapsulated PostScript
11496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11499 (EPS, file extension
11500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11512 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11513 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11514 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11515 whenever you view or export your document.
11516 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11517 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11518 EPS to avoid this problem.
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11522 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11524 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11525 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11533 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11534 name "File formats ! PDF"
11539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11548 This file type has the extension
11549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11565 Portable Document Format
11566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11569 (PDF) is developed by
11573 as derivative from PostScript.
11574 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11583 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11584 looks exactly the same.
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11592 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11596 (JPG, file extension
11597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11624 Portable Network Graphics
11625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11628 (PNG, file extension
11629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11641 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11642 in the background to one of these formats.
11643 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11644 will slow down your workflow.
11645 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11649 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11654 in three different ways:
11657 \begin_layout Description
11658 PDF This uses the program
11662 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11663 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11667 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11668 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11671 \begin_layout Description
11673 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11677 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11681 \begin_layout Description
11683 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11687 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11690 \begin_layout Standard
11691 We recommend to use
11700 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11706 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11709 \begin_layout Subsection
11711 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11712 name "Document ! Preview "
11719 \begin_layout Standard
11720 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11721 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11725 and choose a file type.
11726 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11729 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11732 you can use the toolbar button
11733 \begin_inset Graphics
11734 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
11744 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11748 you can use the toolbar button
11749 \begin_inset Graphics
11750 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
11757 \begin_layout Standard
11758 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11759 viewer window using the menu
11761 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11767 \begin_layout Standard
11768 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11770 To have a real output, export your document.
11773 \begin_layout Subsection
11774 Printing the File from within LyX
11775 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11776 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11783 \begin_layout Standard
11784 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11785 it directly from within LyX.
11786 To print a file, select the menu
11788 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11791 or click on the toolbar button
11792 \begin_inset Graphics
11793 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
11798 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11799 This file is then processed by the program
11803 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11808 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11812 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11813 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11814 printing one set to print on the other side.
11815 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11816 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11817 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11820 \begin_layout Standard
11821 You can set the parameters in the
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 This is the name of the printer to print to
11839 \begin_layout Standard
11840 Note that this printer name is for the program
11849 has to be configured for this printer name.
11850 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
11852 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11853 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
11863 The printer should understand PostScript.
11866 \begin_layout Labeling
11867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 The name of a file to print to.
11873 The output will be a PostScript file.
11874 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11878 \begin_layout Section
11879 A few Words about Typography
11880 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11888 \begin_layout Subsection
11890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11896 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11917 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11932 \begin_layout Enumerate
11938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_layout Enumerate
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11985 \begin_layout Enumerate
11991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12000 \begin_layout Standard
12013 \begin_layout Standard
12025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_layout Enumerate
12035 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12055 \begin_layout Standard
12056 You generate them by inserting the
12057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 character multiple times in a row.
12069 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12070 final output, but not in LyX.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12075 math mode and has a length of its own.
12076 Here are some examples of the
12077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12091 \begin_layout Enumerate
12092 line- and page-breaks
12101 \begin_layout Enumerate
12111 \begin_layout Enumerate
12112 Oh --- there's a dash.
12121 \begin_layout Enumerate
12122 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12134 \begin_layout Subsection
12136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12142 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12143 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12150 \begin_layout Standard
12151 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12152 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12156 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12162 following the rules of the document language
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12167 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12174 German\InsetSpace ~
12180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12192 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12197 and with unusual constructs, like
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12206 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12207 This is done with the menu
12209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12210 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12211 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12215 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12216 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12219 \begin_layout Standard
12220 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12221 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12222 a hyphen and a space in the form
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12239 as hyphenation possibility.
12240 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12241 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12242 of the LaTeX-box-command
12248 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12249 As LyX doesn't support
12255 , we have to use ERT.
12256 The result looks in LyX like:
12259 \begin_layout Standard
12260 \begin_inset Graphics
12261 filename clipart/mbox.png
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12271 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12272 reference "sec:ERT"
12279 \begin_layout Subsection
12281 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12282 name "Punctuation marks"
12289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12290 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12291 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12292 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12299 \begin_layout Standard
12300 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12301 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12302 LaTeX then adds the
12303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 appropriate amount of space
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12313 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12316 \begin_layout Standard
12317 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12332 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12335 \begin_layout Standard
12336 Here are some examples of
12340 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12343 \begin_layout Itemize
12348 \begin_layout Itemize
12353 \begin_layout Standard
12354 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12357 \begin_layout Itemize
12360 this is too much space!
12363 \begin_layout Itemize
12368 \begin_layout Standard
12369 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12372 \begin_layout Standard
12373 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12376 \begin_layout Enumerate
12379 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12382 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12384 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12385 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12390 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12391 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12398 \begin_layout Enumerate
12404 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12407 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12413 name "Spaces ! thin"
12420 \begin_layout Enumerate
12425 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12431 Special\InsetSpace ~
12434 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12435 This function is also bound to
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12443 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12446 \begin_layout Itemize
12447 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12448 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12449 this is too much space!
12452 \begin_layout Itemize
12453 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12459 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12460 LaTeX will care about this.
12463 \begin_layout Standard
12464 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12467 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12471 feature described in
12478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12481 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12486 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12487 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12492 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12500 \begin_layout Standard
12501 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12502 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12503 and use a closing quote at the end.
12505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12513 The keyboard character,
12517 , generates this automatically.
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 You can change the behavior of the
12525 key using the submenu
12531 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12535 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12536 name "Document ! Settings"
12541 Selecting the button
12549 key produce the sequence:
12550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12562 , in contrast, makes the
12567 \begin_inset Quotes els
12573 \begin_layout Standard
12574 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12579 There are six choices:
12582 \begin_layout Labeling
12583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12595 Use quotes like this
12596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12604 \begin_inset Quotes els
12608 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12614 \begin_layout Labeling
12615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12618 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12622 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12628 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12632 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12636 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12642 \begin_layout Labeling
12643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12646 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12650 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12656 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12660 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12664 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12668 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12674 \begin_layout Labeling
12675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12678 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12682 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12688 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12692 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12696 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12700 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12706 \begin_layout Labeling
12707 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12710 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12714 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12720 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12724 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12728 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12732 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12738 \begin_layout Labeling
12739 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12742 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12746 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12752 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12756 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12760 \begin_inset Quotes als
12764 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12770 \begin_layout Standard
12771 These options affects what character the
12778 \begin_layout Standard
12779 On the other hand, if you want to produce a plain text quote character,
12792 \begin_layout Subsection
12794 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12795 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12800 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12801 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12806 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12807 name "sub:Ligatures"
12814 \begin_layout Standard
12815 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12816 print them as single characters.
12817 These groups are known as
12822 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12824 Here are the standard ligatures:
12827 \begin_layout Itemize
12831 \begin_layout Itemize
12835 \begin_layout Itemize
12839 \begin_layout Itemize
12843 \begin_layout Itemize
12847 \begin_layout Standard
12848 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12851 \begin_layout Standard
12852 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12853 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12861 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12877 To break a ligature, use
12879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12880 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12881 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12897 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12914 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 \begin_layout Subsection
12924 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12925 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12930 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12931 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 You have surely noticed, that the word
12940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12947 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12948 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12949 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12957 \begin_layout Standard
12965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12969 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12973 \begin_layout Description
12974 LyX The name of the game, write
12975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12982 \begin_layout Standard
12990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12996 \begin_layout Description
12997 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13005 \begin_layout Standard
13013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13019 \begin_layout Description
13020 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13042 \begin_layout Description
13043 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13051 \begin_layout Standard
13059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13065 \begin_layout Standard
13066 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13071 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13079 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13080 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13081 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13084 : The actual version is
13085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13092 , the previous one was
13093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13103 \begin_layout Standard
13104 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13105 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13106 This will look in LyX like:
13107 \begin_inset Graphics
13108 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13114 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13116 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13117 reference "sec:ERT"
13124 \begin_layout Subsection
13126 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13127 name "Typography ! Units"
13134 \begin_layout Standard
13135 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13136 space between two words.
13137 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13147 for units use the menu
13149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13150 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13161 \begin_layout Standard
13162 Here's an example to show the differences:
13165 \begin_layout Standard
13166 \begin_inset Tabular
13167 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13169 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13170 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13175 \begin_layout Standard
13178 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13189 \begin_layout Standard
13190 space between number and unit
13197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13200 \begin_layout Standard
13201 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13203 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13214 \begin_layout Standard
13215 half space between number and unit
13228 \begin_layout Subsection
13230 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13231 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13236 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13244 \begin_layout Standard
13245 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13247 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13248 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13249 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13250 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13251 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13252 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13265 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13266 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13267 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13268 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13269 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13270 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13273 \begin_layout Standard
13274 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13275 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13276 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13278 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13279 key "latexcompanion"
13285 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13290 ] may have more information.
13291 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13294 \begin_layout Chapter
13295 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13296 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13297 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13304 \begin_layout Standard
13305 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13310 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13313 \begin_layout Section
13315 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13321 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13329 \begin_layout Standard
13330 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13333 \begin_layout Description
13335 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13338 \begin_inset Note Note
13341 \begin_layout Standard
13342 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13350 \begin_layout Description
13351 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13352 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13354 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13355 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13356 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13361 \begin_inset Note Comment
13364 \begin_layout Standard
13365 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13373 \begin_layout Description
13374 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13375 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13380 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13383 \begin_layout Standard
13388 \begin_layout Standard
13389 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13390 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13391 How this can be done is explained in the
13400 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13409 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13410 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13413 \begin_layout Description
13414 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13416 \begin_inset Note Framed
13419 \begin_layout Standard
13420 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13425 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13427 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13428 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13432 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13436 \begin_layout Description
13437 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13438 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13441 \begin_layout Standard
13442 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13447 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13448 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13451 \begin_layout Standard
13452 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13453 \begin_inset Graphics
13454 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
13456 scaleBeforeRotation
13462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13466 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13469 \begin_layout Section
13471 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13477 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13478 name "sec:Footnotes"
13485 \begin_layout Standard
13486 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13492 or the toolbar button
13493 \begin_inset Graphics
13494 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
13507 \begin_inset Graphics
13508 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13518 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13547 label, the box will
13551 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13552 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13565 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13581 \begin_layout Standard
13582 Here's an example footnote:
13590 \begin_layout Standard
13591 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13599 \begin_layout Standard
13600 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13601 position where the footnote box is placed.
13602 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13603 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13604 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13605 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13606 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13611 ey are described in the
13618 \begin_layout Section
13620 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13621 name "Marginal notes"
13626 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13627 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13634 \begin_layout Standard
13635 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13636 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13639 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13642 or the toolbar button
13643 \begin_inset Graphics
13644 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
13664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13671 appearing within your text.
13672 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13681 \begin_layout Standard
13682 At the side is an example marginal note.
13686 \begin_inset Marginal
13689 \begin_layout Standard
13690 This is a marginal note.
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13699 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13700 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13701 pages, right on odd pages.
13704 \begin_layout Section
13705 Graphics and Images
13706 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13712 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13718 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13719 name "sec:Graphics"
13726 \begin_layout Standard
13727 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13728 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13729 \begin_inset Graphics
13730 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
13736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13740 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13744 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13749 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13750 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13751 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13753 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13755 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13756 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13763 \begin_layout Standard
13768 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13769 of the image in the output.
13770 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13782 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13785 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13786 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13794 \begin_layout Standard
13795 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13800 You can also set the
13804 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13805 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13807 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13808 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13818 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13819 image size is printed.
13822 \begin_layout Standard
13823 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13824 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13826 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13827 centered paragraph:
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13832 \begin_inset Graphics
13833 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13836 rotateOrigin center
13843 \begin_layout Standard
13844 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13845 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13847 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13848 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13855 \begin_layout Subsection
13857 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13858 name "Image formats"
13863 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13864 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13871 \begin_layout Standard
13872 You can insert images in any known file format.
13873 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13875 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13876 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13880 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13881 LyX uses therefore the program
13885 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13886 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13887 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13889 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13890 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13897 \begin_layout Standard
13898 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13901 \begin_layout Description
13902 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13903 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13904 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13905 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13909 Graphics Interchange Format
13910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13913 (GIF, file extension
13914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13926 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13927 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13935 Portable Network Graphics
13936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13939 (PNG, file extension
13940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13952 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13953 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13961 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13965 (JPG, file extension
13966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13990 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13991 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13998 \begin_layout Description
13999 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
14000 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
14002 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
14003 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
14004 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
14007 calable image formats can be
14008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14011 Scalable Vector Graphics
14012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14015 (SVG, file extension
14016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14028 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14029 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
14034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14037 Encapsulated PostScript
14038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14041 (EPS, file extension
14042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14054 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14055 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14063 Portable Document Format
14064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 (PDF, file extension
14068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14080 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14086 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14087 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14088 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14093 \begin_layout Standard
14094 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14102 \begin_layout Standard
14103 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14107 \begin_layout Section
14109 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14115 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14124 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14125 \begin_inset Graphics
14126 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
14133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14137 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14138 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14139 from the rest of the table.
14140 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14141 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14143 Here's an example table:
14146 \begin_layout Standard
14148 \begin_inset Tabular
14149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14155 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14159 \begin_layout Standard
14165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14168 \begin_layout Standard
14183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14195 \begin_layout Standard
14202 <row topline="true">
14203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14224 \begin_layout Standard
14230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14242 \begin_layout Standard
14249 <row topline="true">
14250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14253 \begin_layout Standard
14268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14271 \begin_layout Standard
14277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14280 \begin_layout Standard
14290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14293 \begin_layout Standard
14300 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14304 \begin_layout Standard
14319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14322 \begin_layout Standard
14328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14331 \begin_layout Standard
14337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14340 \begin_layout Standard
14354 \begin_layout Subsection
14358 \begin_layout Standard
14359 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14360 brings up the table dialog.
14361 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14362 where the cursor is placed currently.
14363 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14364 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14365 done on all of your selection.
14366 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
14370 of the cell, and the cell itself.
14371 If you can see a red border inside a cell, you only selected the cell content.
14374 \begin_layout Standard
14375 Additionally to the table dialog the
14380 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14382 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14383 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14384 delete lines via the table
14388 \begin_layout Standard
14394 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14395 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14396 current cell respectively.
14397 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14399 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14400 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14402 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14403 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14410 \begin_layout Standard
14411 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14417 This will merge the cells to
14421 cell, spread over more than one column.
14422 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14423 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14424 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14425 in the last row without the upper border:
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14430 \begin_inset Tabular
14431 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14432 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14433 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14434 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14435 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14437 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14441 \begin_layout Standard
14447 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14450 \begin_layout Standard
14456 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14459 \begin_layout Standard
14465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14468 \begin_layout Standard
14475 <row topline="true">
14476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14479 \begin_layout Standard
14494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14497 \begin_layout Standard
14503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14506 \begin_layout Standard
14512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14515 \begin_layout Standard
14522 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14526 \begin_layout Standard
14532 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14535 \begin_layout Standard
14541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14544 \begin_layout Standard
14550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14567 \begin_layout Standard
14568 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14569 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14570 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14571 explained in the tables section of the
14573 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14577 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14578 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14581 degrees counterclockwise.
14582 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14585 \begin_layout Standard
14586 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14589 \begin_layout Standard
14594 Most DVI-viewers are
14598 able to display rotations.
14606 \begin_layout Standard
14611 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14616 adds lines for all cell borders.
14619 \begin_layout Subsection
14621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14622 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14627 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14635 \begin_layout Standard
14636 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14646 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14647 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14650 \begin_layout Description
14655 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14656 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14657 except for the first page, if
14665 \begin_layout Description
14671 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14672 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14675 \begin_layout Description
14680 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14681 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14682 except for the last page, if
14690 \begin_layout Description
14696 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14697 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14700 \begin_layout Standard
14701 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14702 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14703 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14704 The others will then be defined as
14709 In this context, first means first in this order:
14711 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14724 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14727 \begin_layout Standard
14729 \begin_inset Tabular
14730 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14731 <features islongtable="true">
14732 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14733 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14734 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14735 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14736 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14742 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14750 \begin_layout Standard
14756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14759 \begin_layout Standard
14766 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14767 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14770 \begin_layout Standard
14778 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14781 \begin_layout Standard
14787 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14790 \begin_layout Standard
14799 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14814 \begin_layout Standard
14820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14823 \begin_layout Standard
14830 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14831 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14834 \begin_layout Standard
14842 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14845 \begin_layout Standard
14851 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14854 \begin_layout Standard
14863 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14864 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14867 \begin_layout Standard
14875 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14878 \begin_layout Standard
14884 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14887 \begin_layout Standard
14894 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14898 \begin_layout Standard
14906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14909 \begin_layout Standard
14915 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14925 <row bottomline="true">
14926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14929 \begin_layout Standard
14937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14940 \begin_layout Standard
14946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14956 <row bottomline="true">
14957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14960 \begin_layout Standard
14968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14980 \begin_layout Standard
14987 <row bottomline="true">
14988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14991 \begin_layout Standard
14999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15002 \begin_layout Standard
15008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15018 <row bottomline="true">
15019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15033 \begin_layout Standard
15039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15049 <row bottomline="true">
15050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15053 \begin_layout Standard
15061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15064 \begin_layout Standard
15070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15073 \begin_layout Standard
15080 <row bottomline="true">
15081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15084 \begin_layout Standard
15092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15104 \begin_layout Standard
15111 <row bottomline="true">
15112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15115 \begin_layout Standard
15123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15126 \begin_layout Standard
15132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15142 <row bottomline="true">
15143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15146 \begin_layout Standard
15154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15157 \begin_layout Standard
15163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15166 \begin_layout Standard
15173 <row bottomline="true">
15174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15177 \begin_layout Standard
15185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15188 \begin_layout Standard
15194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15197 \begin_layout Standard
15204 <row bottomline="true">
15205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15219 \begin_layout Standard
15225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15235 <row bottomline="true">
15236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15239 \begin_layout Standard
15247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15250 \begin_layout Standard
15256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15259 \begin_layout Standard
15266 <row bottomline="true">
15267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15270 \begin_layout Standard
15278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15297 <row bottomline="true">
15298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15301 \begin_layout Standard
15309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15312 \begin_layout Standard
15318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15321 \begin_layout Standard
15328 <row bottomline="true">
15329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15332 \begin_layout Standard
15340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15352 \begin_layout Standard
15359 <row bottomline="true">
15360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15374 \begin_layout Standard
15380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15390 <row bottomline="true">
15391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15394 \begin_layout Standard
15402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15405 \begin_layout Standard
15411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15414 \begin_layout Standard
15421 <row bottomline="true">
15422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15425 \begin_layout Standard
15433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15436 \begin_layout Standard
15442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15445 \begin_layout Standard
15452 <row bottomline="true">
15453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15456 \begin_layout Standard
15464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15467 \begin_layout Standard
15473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15476 \begin_layout Standard
15483 <row bottomline="true">
15484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15487 \begin_layout Standard
15495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15498 \begin_layout Standard
15504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15514 <row bottomline="true">
15515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15518 \begin_layout Standard
15526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15538 \begin_layout Standard
15545 <row bottomline="true">
15546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15569 \begin_layout Standard
15576 <row bottomline="true">
15577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15607 <row bottomline="true">
15608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15622 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15638 <row bottomline="true">
15639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15642 \begin_layout Standard
15650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15653 \begin_layout Standard
15659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15669 <row bottomline="true">
15670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15673 \begin_layout Standard
15681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15684 \begin_layout Standard
15690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15693 \begin_layout Standard
15700 <row bottomline="true">
15701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15704 \begin_layout Standard
15712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15715 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15724 \begin_layout Standard
15731 <row bottomline="true">
15732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15755 \begin_layout Standard
15762 <row bottomline="true">
15763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15766 \begin_layout Standard
15774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15777 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15793 <row bottomline="true">
15794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15797 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15817 \begin_layout Standard
15824 <row bottomline="true">
15825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15828 \begin_layout Standard
15836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15839 \begin_layout Standard
15845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15848 \begin_layout Standard
15855 <row bottomline="true">
15856 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15865 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15868 \begin_layout Standard
15874 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15877 \begin_layout Standard
15884 <row bottomline="true">
15885 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15888 \begin_layout Standard
15896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15899 \begin_layout Standard
15905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15908 \begin_layout Standard
15915 <row bottomline="true">
15916 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15919 \begin_layout Standard
15927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15939 \begin_layout Standard
15946 <row bottomline="true">
15947 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15950 \begin_layout Standard
15958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15961 \begin_layout Standard
15967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15970 \begin_layout Standard
15977 <row bottomline="true">
15978 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15981 \begin_layout Standard
15989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15992 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16008 <row bottomline="true">
16009 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16012 \begin_layout Standard
16020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16023 \begin_layout Standard
16029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16032 \begin_layout Standard
16039 <row bottomline="true">
16040 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16043 \begin_layout Standard
16051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16054 \begin_layout Standard
16060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16063 \begin_layout Standard
16070 <row bottomline="true">
16071 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16074 \begin_layout Standard
16082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16085 \begin_layout Standard
16091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16094 \begin_layout Standard
16101 <row bottomline="true">
16102 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Standard
16113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16116 \begin_layout Standard
16122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16132 <row bottomline="true">
16133 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Standard
16144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16147 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Standard
16163 <row bottomline="true">
16164 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16167 \begin_layout Standard
16175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16178 \begin_layout Standard
16184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16187 \begin_layout Standard
16194 <row bottomline="true">
16195 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16198 \begin_layout Standard
16206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16209 \begin_layout Standard
16215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16218 \begin_layout Standard
16225 <row bottomline="true">
16226 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16229 \begin_layout Standard
16237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16240 \begin_layout Standard
16246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16256 <row bottomline="true">
16257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16271 \begin_layout Standard
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16287 <row bottomline="true">
16288 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16291 \begin_layout Standard
16299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16302 \begin_layout Standard
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Standard
16318 <row bottomline="true">
16319 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16322 \begin_layout Standard
16330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Standard
16339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Standard
16349 <row bottomline="true">
16350 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Standard
16361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16364 \begin_layout Standard
16370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16373 \begin_layout Standard
16380 <row bottomline="true">
16381 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Standard
16392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16395 \begin_layout Standard
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16411 <row bottomline="true">
16412 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Standard
16423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Standard
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Standard
16442 <row bottomline="true">
16443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16446 \begin_layout Standard
16454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16457 \begin_layout Standard
16463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16466 \begin_layout Standard
16473 <row bottomline="true">
16474 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16477 \begin_layout Standard
16485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16488 \begin_layout Standard
16494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16497 \begin_layout Standard
16504 <row bottomline="true">
16505 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16508 \begin_layout Standard
16516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16519 \begin_layout Standard
16525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16535 <row bottomline="true">
16536 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16539 \begin_layout Standard
16547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16550 \begin_layout Standard
16556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Standard
16566 <row bottomline="true">
16567 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16570 \begin_layout Standard
16578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16581 \begin_layout Standard
16587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Standard
16597 <row bottomline="true">
16598 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16601 \begin_layout Standard
16609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16612 \begin_layout Standard
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16628 <row bottomline="true">
16629 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16632 \begin_layout Standard
16640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16643 \begin_layout Standard
16649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16652 \begin_layout Standard
16659 <row bottomline="true">
16660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16663 \begin_layout Standard
16671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16674 \begin_layout Standard
16680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Standard
16690 <row bottomline="true">
16691 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Standard
16702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Standard
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16721 <row bottomline="true">
16722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16725 \begin_layout Standard
16733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Standard
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16752 <row bottomline="true">
16753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16756 \begin_layout Standard
16764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16783 <row bottomline="true">
16784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16787 \begin_layout Standard
16795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Standard
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16814 <row bottomline="true">
16815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16818 \begin_layout Standard
16826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Standard
16835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Standard
16845 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16846 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16849 \begin_layout Standard
16857 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Standard
16866 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Standard
16883 \begin_layout Subsection
16885 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16886 name "Tables ! Cells"
16891 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16892 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16899 \begin_layout Standard
16900 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16901 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16902 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16903 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16907 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16908 for the cell's paragraph.
16911 \begin_layout Standard
16912 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16913 for the column in the table dialog.
16914 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16915 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16919 \begin_layout Standard
16921 \begin_inset Tabular
16922 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16925 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16927 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Standard
16946 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Standard
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Standard
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Standard
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Standard
17015 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Standard
17039 <row bottomline="true">
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Standard
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Standard
17071 This is longer now.
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Standard
17095 <row bottomline="true">
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Standard
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Standard
17127 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17128 This is longer now.
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Standard
17159 \begin_layout Standard
17160 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17161 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17162 Selection with the mouse or with
17166 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17167 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17168 the selection from outside the table.
17171 \begin_layout Section
17173 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17179 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17187 \begin_layout Standard
17188 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17189 have a fixed location.
17191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17198 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17205 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17208 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17209 too much notes at the page.
17212 \begin_layout Standard
17213 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17214 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17215 and pages without text.
17216 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17217 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17218 Floats are therefore numbered.
17219 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17221 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17222 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17229 \begin_layout Standard
17230 To insert a float, use the menu
17232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17236 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17242 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17247 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17248 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17250 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17251 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17252 name "Floats ! Captions"
17256 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17257 paragraph within the float.
17258 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17259 by left-clicking on the box label.
17260 A closed float box looks like this:
17261 \begin_inset Graphics
17262 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17267 -- a gray button with a red label.
17270 \begin_layout Standard
17271 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17272 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17275 \begin_layout Subsection
17279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17281 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17282 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17287 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17288 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17295 \begin_layout Standard
17298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17299 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17302 inserts a float with the label
17303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17308 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17316 Set the cursor behind this label, press enter and insert the image as described
17317 above to get the caption printed below the image.
17318 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17320 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17321 reference "cap:Platypus"
17326 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17327 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17328 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17330 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17331 reference "cap:Escher"
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17339 \begin_inset Float figure
17344 \begin_layout Standard
17346 \begin_inset Graphics
17347 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17350 rotateOrigin center
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17358 \begin_inset Caption
17360 \begin_layout Standard
17361 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17362 name "cap:Platypus"
17366 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17379 \begin_layout Standard
17380 \begin_inset Float figure
17385 \begin_layout Standard
17386 \begin_inset Caption
17388 \begin_layout Standard
17389 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17403 \begin_layout Standard
17405 \begin_inset Graphics
17406 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17409 rotateOrigin center
17421 \begin_layout Standard
17422 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17424 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17426 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17427 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17431 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17436 and refer to it using the menu
17438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17442 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17451 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17463 \begin_layout Standard
17464 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17465 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17466 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17472 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17476 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17477 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17479 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17480 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17484 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17485 You can also set the images one below the other.
17488 \begin_layout Standard
17489 \begin_inset Float figure
17494 \begin_layout Standard
17498 \begin_inset Graphics
17499 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17502 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17509 \begin_inset Graphics
17510 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17514 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17523 \begin_layout Standard
17524 \begin_inset Caption
17526 \begin_layout Standard
17527 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17528 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17532 Two distorted images.
17545 \begin_layout Standard
17546 Note that the caption is added to the
17552 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17554 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17555 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17564 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17565 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17570 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17571 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17578 \begin_layout Standard
17579 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17582 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17586 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17590 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17591 reference "cap:Table-float"
17595 is an example of a table float.
17598 \begin_layout Standard
17599 \begin_inset Float table
17604 \begin_layout Standard
17605 \begin_inset Caption
17607 \begin_layout Standard
17608 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17609 name "cap:Table-float"
17621 \begin_layout Standard
17623 \begin_inset Tabular
17624 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17629 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Standard
17648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Standard
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Standard
17685 <row topline="true">
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Standard
17704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17707 \begin_layout Standard
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Standard
17741 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Standard
17755 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Standard
17776 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17778 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Standard
17799 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17822 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17823 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17830 \begin_layout Standard
17831 This float type is inserted with the menu
17833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17834 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17838 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17839 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17843 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17845 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17846 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17853 \begin_layout Standard
17854 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17857 \begin_layout Standard
17862 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17868 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17871 \begin_layout Standard
17876 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17880 \begin_layout Standard
17881 to the document preamble (menu
17883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17907 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17909 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17910 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17915 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17916 name "sec:floatflt"
17923 \begin_layout Standard
17924 This float type is used if you want to
17925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17932 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17934 It can be inserted using the menu
17935 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17940 \begin_layout Standard
17941 \begin_inset Graphics
17942 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17945 rotateOrigin center
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17953 \begin_inset Caption
17955 \begin_layout Standard
17956 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17957 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17961 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17963 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17979 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17984 if the LaTeX-package
17989 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17990 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17998 \begin_layout Standard
17999 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
18009 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
18011 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18013 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18014 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18018 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
18019 wrap float with a width of 40
18020 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18027 \begin_layout Standard
18028 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18030 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18031 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18040 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18044 \begin_layout Standard
18049 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18050 If you need this, read the documentation of
18055 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18063 \begin_layout Standard
18064 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18067 \begin_layout Standard
18073 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18074 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18075 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18076 over some other text.
18080 \begin_layout Standard
18081 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18086 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18087 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18095 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18108 \begin_layout Itemize
18109 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18110 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18111 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18112 breaks will appear.
18115 \begin_layout Itemize
18116 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18117 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18120 \begin_layout Itemize
18121 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18122 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18125 \begin_layout Itemize
18126 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18129 \begin_layout Subsection
18131 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18132 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18137 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18138 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18145 \begin_layout Standard
18146 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18147 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18150 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18156 \begin_layout Standard
18157 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18158 a two-column document).
18159 They are normally rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin
18160 (They are rotated to the left in a two-sided document when they are on
18161 a page with an even number).
18162 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18169 \begin_layout Standard
18170 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18171 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18173 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18174 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18178 is an example of a rotated table float.
18181 \begin_layout Standard
18182 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18185 \begin_layout Standard
18190 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18198 \begin_layout Standard
18199 \begin_inset Float table
18204 \begin_layout Standard
18205 \begin_inset Caption
18207 \begin_layout Standard
18208 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18209 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18221 \begin_layout Standard
18223 \begin_inset Tabular
18224 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18227 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18231 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Standard
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Standard
18250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18253 \begin_layout Standard
18259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18262 \begin_layout Standard
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Standard
18290 \begin_layout Subsection
18292 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18293 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18298 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18299 name "Floats ! Placement"
18306 \begin_layout Standard
18307 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18308 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18315 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18316 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18321 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18324 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18326 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18327 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18334 \begin_layout Standard
18335 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18336 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18339 default\InsetSpace ~
18345 \begin_layout Description
18348 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18351 \begin_layout Description
18354 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18357 \begin_layout Description
18358 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18360 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18363 \begin_layout Description
18366 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18369 \begin_layout Standard
18370 The order of the above option is
18375 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18388 , and then the others.
18389 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18391 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18392 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18395 \begin_layout Standard
18396 By default, each options has its own rules:
18399 \begin_layout Standard
18406 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18407 % of the page can be placed at the top
18411 \begin_layout Standard
18414 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18418 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18419 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18423 \begin_layout Standard
18430 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18431 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18432 can be set together on a page.
18435 \begin_layout Standard
18436 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18439 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18446 \begin_layout Standard
18447 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18448 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18449 For this case you can use the option
18455 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18457 Because the float is then no longer able to
18458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18465 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18468 \begin_layout Standard
18469 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18470 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18473 \begin_layout Standard
18474 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18476 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18477 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18484 \begin_layout Section
18486 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18492 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18493 name "sec:Minipages"
18500 \begin_layout Standard
18501 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18503 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18508 \begin_layout Standard
18509 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18515 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18516 and its alignment within the page.
18519 \begin_layout Standard
18521 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18530 height_special "totalheight"
18533 \begin_layout Standard
18536 This is a minipage.
18537 The text is set in an italic style.
18540 \begin_layout Standard
18543 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18544 another formatting.
18552 \begin_layout Standard
18553 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18556 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18560 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18562 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18563 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18568 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18574 \begin_layout Standard
18575 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18584 height_special "totalheight"
18587 \begin_layout Standard
18588 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18589 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18597 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18606 height_special "totalheight"
18609 \begin_layout Standard
18610 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18611 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18619 \begin_layout Standard
18620 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18626 \begin_layout Standard
18627 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18628 to other box types.
18629 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18640 \begin_layout Chapter
18641 Mathematical Formulas
18642 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18649 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18654 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18655 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18662 \begin_layout Section
18664 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18665 name "Math ! Basics"
18672 \begin_layout Standard
18673 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18674 \begin_inset Graphics
18675 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
18680 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18682 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18683 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18684 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18686 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18692 \begin_layout Standard
18693 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18699 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18702 \begin_layout Standard
18703 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18704 line, like this one:
18707 \begin_layout Standard
18708 This is a line with an inline formula
18709 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18715 \begin_layout Standard
18716 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18718 \begin_inset Formula \[
18723 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18726 \begin_layout Standard
18727 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18743 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18744 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18748 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18756 \begin_layout Subsection
18757 Navigating in Formulas
18758 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18759 name "Math ! Navigating"
18766 \begin_layout Standard
18767 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18768 achieved with the arrow keys.
18769 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18770 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18775 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18776 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18780 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18784 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18786 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18794 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18799 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18800 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18803 \begin_layout Standard
18808 , printed in this document as
18809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18816 \begin_layout Standard
18826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18830 \begin_inset Note Note
18833 \begin_layout Standard
18834 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18835 space character (visible space).
18840 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18841 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18842 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18847 For example, if you want
18848 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18859 \begin_layout Standard
18878 \begin_layout Standard
18891 \begin_layout Standard
18902 , since in the latter case only the
18905 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18910 will be under the square root sign:
18911 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18917 \begin_layout Standard
18918 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18920 \begin_inset Formula \[
18921 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18924 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18928 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18929 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18932 \begin_layout Subsection
18936 \begin_layout Standard
18937 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18938 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18942 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18943 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18944 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18945 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18946 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18949 \begin_layout Subsection
18950 Exponents and Subscripts
18951 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18952 name "Math ! Exponents"
18957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18958 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18965 \begin_layout Standard
18966 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18967 way is to use a command.
18969 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18972 , type in a formula
18978 \begin_layout Standard
18994 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
19000 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
19004 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
19013 \begin_layout Standard
19025 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
19027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19034 , you have to use an extra
19038 to separate the hat and the character.
19041 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19050 \begin_layout Standard
19062 Subscripts are similar: To get
19063 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19072 \begin_layout Standard
19086 \begin_layout Subsection
19088 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19089 name "Math ! Fractions"
19096 \begin_layout Standard
19097 Create a fraction with either the command
19104 \begin_inset Graphics
19105 filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
19116 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19117 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19118 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19123 To move back up, press
19128 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19129 \begin_inset Formula \[
19130 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19132 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19139 \begin_layout Subsection
19141 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19142 name "Math ! Roots"
19149 \begin_layout Standard
19150 Roots can be created using the
19156 \begin_inset Graphics
19157 filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
19180 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19186 produces always a square root.
19189 \begin_layout Subsection
19190 Operators with Limits
19191 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19197 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19198 name "Math ! Integrals"
19203 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19204 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19211 \begin_layout Standard
19213 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19217 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19220 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19221 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19222 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19223 The sum operator will automatically place its
19224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19231 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19234 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19238 \begin_inset Formula \[
19239 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19243 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19247 \begin_layout Standard
19248 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19250 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19251 behind the operator and hitting
19257 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19258 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19259 Change\InsetSpace ~
19260 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19266 \begin_layout Standard
19267 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19275 feature as addition, such as
19276 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19277 name "Math ! Limits"
19282 \begin_inset Formula \[
19283 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19287 which will place the
19288 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19300 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19301 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19307 \begin_layout Standard
19308 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19315 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19317 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19318 reference "sub:Functions"
19322 for an explanation of function macros.
19325 \begin_layout Subsection
19327 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19328 name "Math ! Symbols"
19335 \begin_layout Standard
19336 Most math symbols can be found in the
19341 under one of several categories; including
19358 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19362 \begin_layout Standard
19363 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19364 you don't have to use the
19369 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19370 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19373 \begin_layout Subsection
19375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19376 name "Math ! Spaces"
19381 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19382 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19389 \begin_layout Standard
19390 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19402 \begin_inset Graphics
19403 filename ../images/math/space.xpm
19408 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19409 Here a example for the sequence
19414 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19418 \begin_inset Graphics
19419 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19424 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19425 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19426 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19427 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19432 \begin_layout Standard
19442 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19448 \begin_layout Standard
19458 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19464 \begin_layout Subsection
19466 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19467 name "Math ! Functions"
19472 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19473 name "sub:Functions"
19480 \begin_layout Standard
19486 contains a number of functions, such as
19487 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19491 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19499 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19506 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19507 avoid confusions, because
19508 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19512 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19518 \begin_layout Standard
19519 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19521 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19525 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19531 \begin_layout Standard
19532 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19533 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19535 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19536 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19543 \begin_layout Subsection
19545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19546 name "Math ! Accents"
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19554 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19556 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19557 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19559 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19562 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19563 Our example is entered by typing
19571 \begin_layout Standard
19585 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19586 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19590 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19593 \begin_layout Standard
19594 \begin_inset Float table
19599 \begin_layout Standard
19600 \begin_inset Caption
19602 \begin_layout Standard
19603 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19604 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19608 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19616 \begin_layout Standard
19618 \begin_inset Tabular
19619 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19624 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Standard
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Standard
19643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19646 \begin_layout Standard
19662 <row topline="true">
19663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19666 \begin_layout Standard
19681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19684 \begin_layout Standard
19694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19697 \begin_layout Standard
19707 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19716 <row topline="true">
19717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19720 \begin_layout Standard
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Standard
19748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19751 \begin_layout Standard
19761 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19770 <row topline="true">
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Standard
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Standard
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Standard
19815 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19824 <row topline="true">
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Standard
19843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19846 \begin_layout Standard
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Standard
19869 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19878 <row topline="true">
19879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19882 \begin_layout Standard
19897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout Standard
19910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19913 \begin_layout Standard
19923 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19932 <row topline="true">
19933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Standard
19951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19954 \begin_layout Standard
19964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Standard
19977 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19986 <row topline="true">
19987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19990 \begin_layout Standard
20005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20008 \begin_layout Standard
20018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20021 \begin_layout Standard
20031 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20040 <row topline="true">
20041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Standard
20059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20062 \begin_layout Standard
20072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Standard
20085 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20094 <row topline="true">
20095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Standard
20113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20116 \begin_layout Standard
20126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20129 \begin_layout Standard
20139 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20148 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20152 \begin_layout Standard
20158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20161 \begin_layout Standard
20171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20174 \begin_layout Standard
20184 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20205 \begin_layout Standard
20206 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20211 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
20212 made within a formula too.
20215 \begin_layout Section
20216 Brackets and Delimiters
20217 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20218 name "Math ! Brackets"
20223 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20224 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20229 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20230 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20238 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20239 For most purposes, using just the keys
20244 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20245 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20251 \begin_inset Graphics
20252 filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
20257 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20259 \begin_inset Formula \[
20260 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20262 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20266 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20267 \begin_inset Formula \[
20268 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20277 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20280 \begin_layout Standard
20281 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20282 left side and right side.
20283 If you use the option
20288 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20289 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20290 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20291 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20296 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20297 inside the brackets.
20298 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20303 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20306 \begin_layout Standard
20307 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20318 \begin_layout Section
20320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20321 name "Math ! Grouping"
20326 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20327 name "sec:Grouping"
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20336 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20347 \begin_layout Standard
20348 \begin_inset Formula \[
20349 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20356 \begin_layout Standard
20357 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20372 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20373 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20374 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20377 \begin_layout Section
20378 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20380 name "Math ! Arrays"
20385 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20386 name "Math ! Matrices"
20391 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20392 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20399 \begin_layout Standard
20400 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20406 \begin_inset Graphics
20407 filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
20412 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20413 Here is an example:
20414 \begin_inset Formula \[
20415 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20418 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20422 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20424 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20425 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20430 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20431 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20432 This alignment is set in the box
20437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20485 for every column as default.
20486 For example, the sequence
20487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20498 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20499 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20500 corresponds to the relevant column.
20501 The result will look like this:
20502 \begin_inset Formula \[
20504 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20505 column & has & has\, right\\
20506 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20513 \begin_layout Standard
20514 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20518 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20519 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20521 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20527 \begin_layout Standard
20528 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20529 It can be created with the menu
20531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20532 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20544 \begin_inset Formula \[
20548 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20555 \begin_layout Standard
20556 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20559 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20567 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20576 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20584 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20585 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20586 A new row is created by every further hit of
20594 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20595 Here is an example:
20596 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20597 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20598 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20602 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20603 where you want to start the shift and hit
20608 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20609 position to the next column.
20610 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20611 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20612 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20613 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20620 \begin_layout Standard
20621 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20628 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20629 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20630 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20631 reference "eq:asquared"
20636 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20638 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20639 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20646 \begin_layout Section
20647 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20649 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20654 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20655 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20660 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20661 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20668 \begin_layout Standard
20669 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20671 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20672 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20673 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20682 The formula number appears in LyX as
20683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20690 within parentheses.
20692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20699 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20701 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20702 the document class.
20703 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20704 separated by a dot:
20705 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20706 1+1=2\end{equation}
20715 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20716 You can only number displayed formulas.
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20720 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20722 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20723 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20724 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20725 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20734 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20735 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20737 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20738 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20742 To number all lines use the shortcut
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20751 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20754 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20755 A label is inserted with the menu
20757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20760 when the cursor is in the formula.
20761 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20762 It is recommended to use the proposed
20763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20774 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20775 type when you have many labels in your document.
20776 We inserted in the following example the label
20777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20784 in the second line:
20785 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20786 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20787 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20791 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20792 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20802 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20809 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20810 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20811 as the formula number:
20814 \begin_layout Standard
20815 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20816 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20817 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20827 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20828 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20833 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20839 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20843 \begin_layout Standard
20844 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20852 \begin_layout Section
20853 User defined math macros
20854 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20855 name "Math ! Macros"
20862 \begin_layout Standard
20863 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20864 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20865 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20868 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20869 \begin_inset Formula \[
20870 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20874 The general form of its solution is:
20875 \begin_inset Formula \[
20876 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20883 \begin_layout Standard
20884 The macro should print the parameters
20885 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20889 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20893 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20896 like in the equation above.
20899 \begin_layout Standard
20900 A macro is created by executing the command
20903 \begin_layout Standard
20910 \begin_layout Standard
20923 \begin_layout Standard
20932 Number\InsetSpace ~
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20939 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20940 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20941 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20945 \begin_layout Standard
20946 We have three arguments and name the macro
20947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20954 , so that the command is:
20957 \begin_layout Standard
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20989 \begin_layout Standard
20990 This results in the following macro definition box:
20991 \begin_inset Graphics
20992 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20997 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20998 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20999 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
21003 \begin_inset Note Note
21006 \begin_layout Standard
21007 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
21008 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21017 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21018 the math panel or commands.
21019 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21020 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21031 for the first argument.
21032 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21033 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21034 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21035 in LyX with its full size.
21036 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21037 In our example we insert the sequence
21067 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21070 \begin_layout Standard
21071 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21086 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21091 \begin_inset Graphics
21092 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21099 \begin_layout Standard
21100 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21101 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21102 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21103 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21104 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21109 to the new definition.
21110 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21111 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21115 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21119 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21123 \begin_inset Formula \[
21124 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21155 \begin_layout Standard
21170 \begin_layout Standard
21181 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21186 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21187 definition box in your document.
21188 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21190 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21192 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21197 \begin_layout Section
21201 \begin_layout Subsection
21203 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21204 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21211 \begin_layout Standard
21212 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21213 To set a font in a formula, use the
21219 \begin_inset Graphics
21220 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
21224 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21226 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21227 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21234 \begin_layout Standard
21235 \begin_inset Float table
21240 \begin_layout Standard
21241 \begin_inset Caption
21243 \begin_layout Standard
21244 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21245 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21249 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21257 \begin_layout Standard
21259 \begin_inset Tabular
21260 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21264 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21268 \begin_layout Standard
21274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21284 <row topline="true">
21285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21288 \begin_layout Standard
21295 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21306 \begin_layout Standard
21317 <row topline="true">
21318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21322 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21333 \begin_layout Standard
21344 <row topline="true">
21345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21348 \begin_layout Standard
21349 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21360 \begin_layout Standard
21371 <row topline="true">
21372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21375 \begin_layout Standard
21382 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21404 <row topline="true">
21405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21408 \begin_layout Standard
21409 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21420 \begin_layout Standard
21431 <row topline="true">
21432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21435 \begin_layout Standard
21436 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21458 <row topline="true">
21459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21470 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21481 \begin_layout Standard
21492 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21496 \begin_layout Standard
21497 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21508 \begin_layout Standard
21531 \begin_layout Standard
21532 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21535 \begin_layout Standard
21540 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21556 \begin_layout Standard
21557 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21558 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21563 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21564 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21565 Here an example where a
21566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21577 denotes the set of numbers:
21578 \begin_inset Formula \[
21579 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21586 \begin_layout Standard
21587 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21598 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21603 So better don't use this feature.
21606 \begin_layout Standard
21607 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21608 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21613 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21619 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21620 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21626 \begin_layout Standard
21633 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21636 \begin_layout Standard
21637 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21640 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21647 \begin_layout Subsection
21649 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21657 \begin_layout Standard
21658 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21660 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21663 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21673 \begin_inset Graphics
21674 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
21678 (alternatively the shortcut
21684 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21685 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21686 Here is an example:
21687 \begin_inset Formula \[
21689 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21690 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21697 \begin_layout Subsection
21699 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21700 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21707 \begin_layout Standard
21708 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21709 automatically chosen in most situations.
21727 For most characters,
21735 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21736 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21741 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21742 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21743 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21744 \begin_inset Graphics
21745 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21750 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21751 For example, you can set
21752 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21755 , which is normally in
21764 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21768 The four styles are used in the following example:
21771 \begin_layout Standard
21772 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21776 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21780 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21784 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21790 \begin_layout Standard
21791 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21792 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21794 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21798 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21799 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21800 will be adjusted to correspond.
21801 As example a formula in the font size
21802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21812 \begin_layout Standard
21816 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21822 \begin_layout Section
21824 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21830 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21838 \begin_layout Standard
21839 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21840 (AMS) that are in common use.
21843 \begin_layout Subsection
21844 Enabling AMS-Support
21847 \begin_layout Standard
21848 Selecting the checkbox
21857 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21861 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21862 name "Document ! Settings"
21871 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21873 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21874 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21877 \begin_layout Subsection
21879 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21880 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21885 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21886 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21893 \begin_layout Standard
21894 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21895 LyX allows you to choose between
21916 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21919 \begin_layout Chapter
21923 \begin_layout Section
21925 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21926 name "Cross references"
21931 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21932 name "sec:Cross-References"
21939 \begin_layout Standard
21940 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21941 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21943 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21944 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21945 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21948 \begin_layout Enumerate
21952 \begin_layout Enumerate
21953 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21954 name "enu:Second-item"
21961 \begin_layout Enumerate
21965 \begin_layout Standard
21966 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21971 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21972 \begin_inset Graphics
21973 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
21979 A grey label box like this:
21980 \begin_inset Graphics
21981 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21986 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21987 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22022 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22023 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22038 \begin_layout Standard
22039 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22044 or the toolbar button
22045 \begin_inset Graphics
22046 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
22052 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22053 \begin_inset Graphics
22054 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22059 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22061 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22074 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22076 Here is our cross-reference:
22079 \begin_layout Standard
22082 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22083 reference "enu:Second-item"
22090 \begin_layout Standard
22091 It is recommended to use a protected space
22095 \begin_layout Standard
22096 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22098 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22099 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22108 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22112 \begin_layout Standard
22113 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22116 \begin_layout Description
22117 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22118 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22119 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22126 \begin_layout Description
22127 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22128 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22138 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22139 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22146 \begin_layout Description
22147 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22149 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22150 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22157 \begin_layout Description
22160 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22161 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22162 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22169 \begin_layout Description
22170 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22173 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22175 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22176 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22183 \begin_layout Description
22184 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22185 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22188 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22191 \begin_layout Standard
22196 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22199 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22200 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22214 \begin_layout Standard
22215 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22216 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22217 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22234 \begin_layout Standard
22235 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22236 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22237 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22241 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22245 \begin_layout Standard
22246 You can only use the style
22250 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22254 is always possible.
22255 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is
22256 on the previous, same, or next page.
22259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22273 \begin_layout Standard
22274 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22275 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22276 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22277 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22280 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22287 \begin_layout Standard
22294 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22295 The button text changes then to
22300 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22301 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22302 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22306 \begin_layout Standard
22307 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22308 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22309 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22312 \begin_layout Standard
22313 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22314 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22317 \begin_layout Standard
22318 References are described in detail in the
22325 \begin_layout Section
22326 Table of Contents and other Listings
22327 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22328 name "Table of contents"
22333 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22339 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22347 \begin_layout Subsection
22348 Table of Contents and Outline
22349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22350 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22357 \begin_layout Standard
22358 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22361 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22367 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22368 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22369 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22370 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22378 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22379 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22380 in section\InsetSpace ~
22382 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22383 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22387 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22388 Section\InsetSpace ~
22390 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22391 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22395 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22397 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22398 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22399 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22402 \begin_layout Standard
22403 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22405 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22407 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22413 \begin_layout Subsection
22414 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22415 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22423 \begin_layout Standard
22424 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22425 You can insert them via the
22427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22433 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22436 \begin_layout Section
22437 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22438 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22444 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22452 \begin_layout Standard
22453 It is often desirable to include long
22454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22461 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22462 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22463 to typeset properly.
22464 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22465 resulting in an overfull line.
22466 To avoid this, use the menu
22468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22471 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22474 \begin_layout Standard
22475 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22479 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22484 \begin_layout Standard
22485 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22486 name "LyX-Homepage"
22487 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22494 \begin_layout Standard
22495 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22505 \begin_layout Itemize
22506 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22507 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22521 \begin_layout Itemize
22522 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22525 \begin_layout Section
22527 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22533 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22534 name "sec:Appendices"
22541 \begin_layout Standard
22542 Appendices are created with the menu
22544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22546 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22550 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22551 as appendix region.
22552 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22555 \begin_layout Standard
22556 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22557 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22558 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22559 and the subsection number.
22560 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22564 \begin_layout Standard
22565 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22567 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22568 reference "cha:Credits"
22572 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22574 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22575 reference "sub:Export"
22582 \begin_layout Section
22584 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22585 name "Bibliography"
22590 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22591 name "sec:Bibliography"
22598 \begin_layout Standard
22599 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22600 You can include a bibliography database
22604 \begin_layout Standard
22605 Known under the name
22606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22618 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22620 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22624 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22626 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22627 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22634 \begin_layout Standard
22639 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22641 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22650 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22652 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22661 , a short form of its title, as key.
22664 \begin_layout Standard
22665 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22670 or the toobar button
22671 \begin_inset Graphics
22672 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
22673 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22678 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22679 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22680 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22681 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22685 \begin_layout Standard
22686 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22687 with surrounding brackets.
22692 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22693 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22705 \begin_layout Standard
22708 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22711 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22712 key "latexcompanion"
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22720 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22721 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22729 \begin_layout Subsection
22730 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22731 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22732 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22737 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22738 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22743 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22744 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22751 \begin_layout Standard
22752 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22754 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22756 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22757 your working field in a database.
22758 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22759 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22762 \begin_layout Standard
22763 The database is a text file with the file extension
22764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22775 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22776 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22777 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22778 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22783 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22787 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22788 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22794 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22798 To use a database, use the menu
22800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22805 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22810 \begin_layout Standard
22821 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22822 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22826 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22838 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22839 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22840 take care of the layout.
22843 \begin_layout Standard
22844 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22847 \begin_layout Standard
22848 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22854 \begin_layout Standard
22855 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22857 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22883 \begin_layout Standard
22894 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22902 \begin_layout Standard
22903 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22910 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22911 the two methods of creating them.
22912 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22913 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22914 We used the style file
22918 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22921 \begin_layout Subsection
22922 Bibliography layout
22923 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22924 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22931 \begin_layout Standard
22932 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22933 For this feature you need to use the option
22939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22943 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22944 name "Document ! Settings"
22953 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22954 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22955 in the previous section.
22958 \begin_layout Standard
22959 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22960 in the citation reference window.
22961 Here an example where we set the text
22962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22965 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22970 to appear after the reference:
22973 \begin_layout Standard
22975 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22977 key "latexcompanion"
22984 \begin_layout Section
22986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22987 name "Index generation"
22992 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23000 \begin_layout Standard
23001 An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
23002 that should appear in the index and then use the menu
23004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23008 or the toobar button
23009 \begin_inset Graphics
23010 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
23011 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23028 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
23029 LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
23032 \begin_layout Standard
23033 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23036 \begin_layout Standard
23041 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
23042 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23047 Therefore you cannot insert
23050 \begin_layout Standard
23056 \begin_layout Standard
23057 to an index entry field, because the
23058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23065 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns so that you will get
23067 The correct entry is
23070 \begin_layout Standard
23078 \begin_layout Standard
23079 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23080 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23081 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23082 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23084 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23085 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23092 \begin_layout Standard
23093 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23102 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23107 A light blue box labeled
23108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23119 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23120 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23123 \begin_layout Subsection
23124 Grouping Index Entries
23125 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23126 name "Index ! Grouping"
23133 \begin_layout Standard
23134 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23136 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23137 lists under the entry
23138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23146 First we create the entry
23147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23154 in section\InsetSpace ~
23156 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23157 reference "sub:Lists"
23162 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23164 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23165 reference "sec:Itemize"
23169 , we insert the command
23172 \begin_layout Standard
23178 \begin_layout Standard
23182 \begin_layout Standard
23188 \begin_layout Standard
23189 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23191 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23192 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23199 \begin_layout Standard
23200 The exclamation mark
23201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23208 marks the grouping levels.
23209 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23210 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23211 If we don't have an index entry for
23212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23219 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23222 \begin_layout Subsection
23224 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23225 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23232 \begin_layout Standard
23233 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23235 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23236 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23237 in section\InsetSpace ~
23239 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23240 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23247 \begin_layout Standard
23250 Paragraph environments|(
23253 \begin_layout Standard
23254 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23256 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23257 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23264 \begin_layout Standard
23267 Paragraph environments|)
23270 \begin_layout Standard
23272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23295 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23296 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23297 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23298 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23299 An example is the index entry
23300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23303 Document ! Settings
23304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23310 \begin_layout Subsection
23312 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23313 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23320 \begin_layout Standard
23321 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23322 We referred for example in the index entry
23323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23330 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23332 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23333 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23337 ) to the index entry
23338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23345 in the same section using the command
23348 \begin_layout Standard
23351 GIF|see{Image formats}
23354 \begin_layout Standard
23355 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23356 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23359 \begin_layout Subsection
23361 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23362 name "Index ! Entry order"
23369 \begin_layout Standard
23370 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23371 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23372 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23376 \begin_layout Standard
23377 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23378 section\InsetSpace ~
23380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23381 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23390 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23391 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23416 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23417 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23422 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23423 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23428 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23429 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23433 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23434 order maïs, maison, maître.
23435 To achieve this, we use the command
23438 \begin_layout Standard
23441 previous entry@current entry
23444 \begin_layout Standard
23445 In our case we want to have
23446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23461 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23464 \begin_layout Standard
23470 \begin_layout Standard
23471 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23472 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23476 \begin_layout Subsection
23478 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23479 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23486 \begin_layout Standard
23487 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23488 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23491 \begin_layout Standard
23496 textit{This is an italic entry}
23499 \begin_layout Standard
23506 produces the italic layout.
23507 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23508 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23512 We refer to LaTeX books (
23513 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23514 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23518 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23519 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23520 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23524 \begin_layout Standard
23529 textit{This is an italic entry}
23532 \begin_layout Standard
23533 You can also format the page number using the character
23534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23541 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23542 We can write for example
23545 \begin_layout Standard
23548 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23551 \begin_layout Standard
23552 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23553 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23554 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23558 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23575 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23579 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23581 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23582 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23586 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23589 \begin_layout Standard
23590 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23592 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23593 for all index entries.
23596 \begin_layout Subsection
23598 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23599 name "Index ! Program"
23604 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23605 name "sub:Index-Program"
23612 \begin_layout Standard
23613 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23618 This programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
23629 \begin_layout Standard
23644 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23650 Before you change something there, it is strongly recommended to read the
23651 manuals of the programs.
23654 \begin_layout Section
23655 Nomenclature / Glossary
23656 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23657 name "Nomenclature"
23662 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23663 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23668 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23669 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23677 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23678 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23682 \begin_layout Standard
23683 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23686 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23687 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23694 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23695 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23700 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23703 \begin_layout Standard
23704 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23705 and then use the menu
23707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23712 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23715 or the toobar button
23716 \begin_inset Graphics
23717 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.xpm
23718 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23735 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23738 \begin_layout Standard
23739 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23740 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23741 The second is the description of the symbol.
23744 \begin_layout Standard
23745 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23748 \begin_layout Standard
23753 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23754 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23762 \begin_layout Subsection
23763 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23764 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23765 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23772 \begin_layout Standard
23773 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23777 field as LaTeX-formula.
23779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23783 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23808 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23809 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23821 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23831 \begin_layout Standard
23832 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23834 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23835 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23842 \begin_layout Standard
23848 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23849 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23854 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23861 in this document is:
23865 dummy entry for the character
23887 font use the command
23916 \begin_layout Subsection
23917 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23918 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23919 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23926 \begin_layout Standard
23927 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23928 the symbol definition.
23929 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23930 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23933 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23935 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"\\nomnorefpage"
23942 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23946 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23949 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23954 They will be sorted by
23955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23981 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23984 will be sorted before the
23988 since the character
23989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23996 is considered in sorting.
23999 \begin_layout Standard
24000 To control the sort order, you can edit the
24005 field of the nomenclature dialog.
24006 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
24008 For the given example, you can insert
24012 to this field for the
24013 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24020 will be located before
24021 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24027 \begin_layout Standard
24028 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
24033 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24041 \begin_layout Subsection
24042 Nomenclature Options
24043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24044 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
24051 \begin_layout Standard
24056 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24057 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24060 \begin_layout Description
24061 refeq Appends the phrase
24062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24077 to every nomenclature entry, where
24083 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24086 \begin_layout Description
24087 refpage Appends the phrase
24088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24103 to every nomenclature entry, where
24109 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24112 \begin_layout Description
24113 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24116 \begin_layout Standard
24117 There are furthermore the options
24161 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24165 \begin_layout Standard
24166 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24167 class options list in the
24169 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24173 In this document the options
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24185 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24191 \begin_layout Standard
24192 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24193 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24198 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24201 \begin_layout Description
24211 \begin_layout Description
24214 nomrefpage Like the
24221 \begin_layout Description
24224 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24233 \begin_layout Description
24236 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24239 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24242 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24245 \begin_layout Standard
24252 was used in this document in the nomenclature entry for the
24253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24263 \begin_layout Subsection
24264 Printing the Nomenclature
24265 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24266 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24273 \begin_layout Standard
24274 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24279 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24283 A light blue box labeled
24284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24295 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24296 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24299 \begin_layout Standard
24300 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24309 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24317 For example, in order to change the name to
24321 , add the following line to the preamble:
24324 \begin_layout Standard
24332 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24335 \begin_layout Standard
24336 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24342 \begin_layout Standard
24343 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24344 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24347 \begin_layout Standard
24355 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24358 \begin_layout Standard
24361 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24363 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24364 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24369 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24373 \begin_layout Section
24375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24381 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24382 name "Document ! Branches"
24387 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24388 name "sec:Branches"
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24397 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24398 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24399 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24402 \begin_layout Standard
24403 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24404 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24405 To create a branch, go in the
24407 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24415 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24416 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24419 \begin_layout Standard
24420 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24421 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24426 where you can choose a branch.
24427 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24430 \begin_layout Standard
24431 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24432 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24435 \begin_layout Standard
24436 \begin_inset Branch Question
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24440 Question: Who was the first Physics Nobel prize winner?
24448 \begin_layout Standard
24449 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24452 \begin_layout Standard
24453 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24461 \begin_layout Section
24462 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24463 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24471 \begin_layout Subsection
24473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24479 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24480 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24487 \begin_layout Standard
24488 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24489 constructs, but not all.
24490 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24491 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24492 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24493 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24494 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24495 and their commands.
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24509 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24510 An ERT box is created by the menu
24512 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24515 or by the toolbar button
24516 \begin_inset Graphics
24517 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
24522 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24535 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24536 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24548 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24549 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24550 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24557 , you can write the command part
24563 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24567 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24568 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24573 \begin_inset Graphics
24574 filename clipart/ERT.png
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24586 \begin_layout Standard
24587 This is a line with a
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24604 \begin_layout Standard
24614 \begin_layout Standard
24615 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24618 \begin_layout Standard
24623 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24624 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24632 \begin_layout Subsection
24633 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24634 \begin_inset OptArg
24637 \begin_layout Standard
24644 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24645 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24650 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24651 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24658 \begin_layout Standard
24659 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24660 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24661 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24670 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24671 every time if you know the right commands.
24673 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24674 the end of the day.
24675 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24676 all caption labels bold.
24677 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24679 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24682 \begin_layout Standard
24683 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24684 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24685 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24687 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24695 \begin_layout Standard
24696 As result you know that the package
24701 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24702 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24707 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24709 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24715 \begin_layout Standard
24720 usepackage[options]{package name}
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24724 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24725 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24726 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24730 In your case the package name is
24735 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24740 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24741 So you add the command
24744 \begin_layout Standard
24749 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24757 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24759 For example if you use a
24763 t class, you don't need the package
24767 , you can instead write
24770 \begin_layout Standard
24775 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24782 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24783 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24791 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24796 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24798 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24803 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24805 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24806 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24814 \begin_layout Section
24815 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24816 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24817 name "Instant preview"
24822 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24823 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24828 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24829 name "Document ! Preview"
24836 \begin_layout Standard
24837 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24838 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24839 to break your train of thought with
24841 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24848 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24849 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24852 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24853 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24859 as explained below, and turn on
24861 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24866 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24873 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24882 Previews of an already loaded document are
24886 generated just by selecting the
24888 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24891 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24896 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24901 check box in the insert dialog.
24902 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24907 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24911 (on some systems named simply
24916 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24917 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24922 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24923 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24931 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24935 \begin_layout Standard
24936 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24943 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24947 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24951 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24952 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24954 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24955 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24956 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24957 the source view window.
24960 \begin_layout Section
24962 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24963 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24968 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24969 name "Spell checking"
24976 \begin_layout Standard
24977 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24978 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24995 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
25001 can be seen as successor of
25005 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
25010 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
25011 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
25019 \begin_layout Standard
25020 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
25021 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
25028 \begin_layout Standard
25031 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25034 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25035 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25036 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25037 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25038 scrolled so that it is visible.
25043 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25045 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25049 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25050 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25054 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25057 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25061 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25062 will bring an error message.
25063 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25064 specifying a different
25066 Alternative language
25068 in preferences dialog.
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25072 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25075 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25080 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25081 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25083 But you can use the
25092 \begin_layout Standard
25093 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25094 This does work with
25098 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25101 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25105 \begin_layout Standard
25110 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25113 \begin_layout Description
25114 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25115 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25116 checker should consider, e.g.
25117 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25118 This should not normally be needed.
25121 \begin_layout Description
25122 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25123 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25124 choice as your personal dictionary
25127 \begin_layout Description
25128 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25129 compound\InsetSpace ~
25130 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25142 \begin_layout Description
25145 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25154 also for the spellchecker.
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25159 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25161 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25162 reference "sub:Settings"
25171 Enable this if you can't spell check words with international letters in
25173 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25174 so this is disabled by default.
25177 \begin_layout Section
25179 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25185 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25186 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25194 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25198 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25201 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25204 or the toolbar button
25205 \begin_inset Graphics
25206 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
25207 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25208 rotateOrigin center
25213 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25217 \begin_layout Standard
25218 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25219 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25220 cases to find related words.
25223 \begin_layout Standard
25224 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25226 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25234 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25243 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25262 \begin_layout Section
25264 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25265 name "Change Tracking"
25270 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25271 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25276 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25277 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25284 \begin_layout Standard
25285 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25286 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25287 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25288 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25290 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25291 Change\InsetSpace ~
25292 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25299 \begin_layout Standard
25300 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25309 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25323 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25324 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25325 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25332 \begin_layout Standard
25333 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25340 \begin_inset Graphics
25341 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25349 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25361 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25367 \begin_layout Standard
25368 \begin_inset Tabular
25369 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25370 <features islongtable="true">
25371 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25372 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25378 \begin_inset Graphics
25379 filename ../images/changes-track.xpm
25380 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25381 rotateOrigin center
25390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25393 \begin_layout Standard
25396 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25397 Change\InsetSpace ~
25398 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25410 \begin_layout Standard
25411 \begin_inset Graphics
25412 filename ../images/changes-output.xpm
25413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25414 rotateOrigin center
25423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25429 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25430 Change\InsetSpace ~
25431 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25433 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25446 \begin_inset Graphics
25447 filename ../images/change-next.xpm
25448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25449 rotateOrigin center
25458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25462 Jumps to the next change
25468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25472 \begin_layout Standard
25473 \begin_inset Graphics
25474 filename ../images/change-accept.xpm
25475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25476 rotateOrigin center
25485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25492 Change\InsetSpace ~
25493 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25494 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25505 \begin_layout Standard
25506 \begin_inset Graphics
25507 filename ../images/change-reject.xpm
25508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25509 rotateOrigin center
25518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25521 \begin_layout Standard
25524 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25525 Change\InsetSpace ~
25526 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25527 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25538 \begin_layout Standard
25539 \begin_inset Graphics
25540 filename ../images/changes-merge.xpm
25541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25542 rotateOrigin center
25551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25554 \begin_layout Standard
25557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25558 Change\InsetSpace ~
25559 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 \begin_inset Graphics
25573 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.xpm
25574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25575 rotateOrigin center
25584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25587 \begin_layout Standard
25590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25591 Change\InsetSpace ~
25592 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25593 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25601 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25605 \begin_layout Standard
25606 \begin_inset Graphics
25607 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.xpm
25608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25609 rotateOrigin center
25618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25621 \begin_layout Standard
25624 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25625 Change\InsetSpace ~
25626 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25627 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25635 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25640 \begin_inset Graphics
25641 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
25642 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25643 rotateOrigin center
25652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25655 \begin_layout Standard
25658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25659 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25671 \begin_layout Standard
25672 \begin_inset Graphics
25673 filename ../images/note-next.xpm
25674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25675 rotateOrigin center
25684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25687 \begin_layout Standard
25690 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25706 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25712 \begin_layout Standard
25713 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25714 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25715 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25716 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25717 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25718 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25719 step to the next change.
25720 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25725 to describe a change.
25728 \begin_layout Standard
25729 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25732 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25733 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25740 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25741 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25746 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25749 \begin_layout Section
25750 International Support
25751 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25752 name "International support"
25759 \begin_layout Standard
25760 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25761 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25762 how to set up LyX to use them:
25763 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25764 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25774 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25775 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25782 \begin_layout Subsection
25784 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25785 name "Language ! Options"
25790 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25791 name "Document ! Settings"
25796 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25797 name "Document ! Language"
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25810 dialog lets you set
25812 the language and character encoding for your language.
25816 \begin_layout Standard
25817 Choose your language in the
25823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25832 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25840 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
25841 When you select the encoding
25848 Use language's default encoding
25850 , the encoding is used that LaTeX uses by default for the selected language,
25851 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
25858 The different encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25860 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25861 reference "sub:Settings"
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25869 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
25870 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
25871 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
25872 for that matter), the
25876 encoding is the right choice for most purposes.
25877 Besides this, you will find some alternative Unicode encodings for specific
25886 are provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean),
25890 , finally, should be chosen for
25894 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
25899 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25900 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
25908 \begin_layout Standard
25909 See section\InsetSpace ~
25911 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25912 reference "sub:Settings"
25924 \begin_layout Subsection
25925 Keyboard mapping configuration
25928 \begin_layout Standard
25929 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25930 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25931 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
25932 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
25933 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
25934 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
25935 which one you want to use.
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25939 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
25940 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
25941 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
25942 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
25943 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
25944 one to support the characters you want.
25945 This and much more customizations are explained in the
25952 \begin_layout Subsection
25954 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25962 \begin_layout Standard
25965 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25966 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
25975 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
25979 \begin_layout Standard
25980 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
25981 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
25989 \begin_layout Itemize
25990 Even if you have selected
25996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25999 dialog, users who have only the
26003 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
26007 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
26008 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
26009 french quotes won't show up.
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 \begin_inset Float table
26018 \begin_layout Standard
26019 \begin_inset Caption
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26022 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26023 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
26039 \begin_layout Standard
26041 \begin_inset Tabular
26042 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
26044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26050 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26052 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26057 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26058 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26059 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26060 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26061 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
26062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26092 \begin_layout Standard
26107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26110 \begin_layout Standard
26125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26164 \begin_layout Standard
26179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26182 \begin_layout Standard
26197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26200 \begin_layout Standard
26215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26218 \begin_layout Standard
26233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26254 \begin_layout Standard
26269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26272 \begin_layout Standard
26287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26326 \begin_layout Standard
26341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26344 \begin_layout Standard
26360 <row topline="true">
26361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26364 \begin_layout Standard
26379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26382 \begin_layout Standard
26388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26409 \begin_layout Standard
26423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26443 \begin_layout Standard
26457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26460 \begin_layout Standard
26474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26477 \begin_layout Standard
26491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26503 \begin_layout Standard
26509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26512 \begin_layout Standard
26518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26555 \begin_layout Standard
26569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26572 \begin_layout Standard
26586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26589 \begin_layout Standard
26604 <row topline="true">
26605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26608 \begin_layout Standard
26623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26626 \begin_layout Standard
26632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26635 \begin_layout Standard
26641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26661 \begin_layout Standard
26675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26678 \begin_layout Standard
26692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26695 \begin_layout Standard
26709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26712 \begin_layout Standard
26726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26729 \begin_layout Standard
26743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26755 \begin_layout Standard
26761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26764 \begin_layout Standard
26778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26781 \begin_layout Standard
26795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26798 \begin_layout Standard
26812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26815 \begin_layout Standard
26829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26832 \begin_layout Standard
26846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26849 \begin_layout Standard
26864 <row topline="true">
26865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26895 \begin_layout Standard
26901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26904 \begin_layout Standard
26913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26924 \begin_layout Standard
26938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26941 \begin_layout Standard
26955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26958 \begin_layout Standard
26972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26992 \begin_layout Standard
27006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27009 \begin_layout Standard
27015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27036 \begin_layout Standard
27050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27053 \begin_layout Standard
27067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27087 \begin_layout Standard
27101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27104 \begin_layout Standard
27119 <row topline="true">
27120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27141 \begin_layout Standard
27147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27150 \begin_layout Standard
27156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27159 \begin_layout Standard
27173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27176 \begin_layout Standard
27190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27210 \begin_layout Standard
27224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27244 \begin_layout Standard
27258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27261 \begin_layout Standard
27267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27270 \begin_layout Standard
27276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27330 \begin_layout Standard
27344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27347 \begin_layout Standard
27361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27364 \begin_layout Standard
27379 <row topline="true">
27380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27504 \begin_layout Standard
27518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27530 \begin_layout Standard
27536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27616 \begin_layout Standard
27631 <row topline="true">
27632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27653 \begin_layout Standard
27659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27662 \begin_layout Standard
27668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27688 \begin_layout Standard
27702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27722 \begin_layout Standard
27736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27739 \begin_layout Standard
27753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27817 \begin_layout Standard
27831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27883 <row topline="true">
27884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27905 \begin_layout Standard
27911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27940 \begin_layout Standard
27954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27957 \begin_layout Standard
27971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27974 \begin_layout Standard
27988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27991 \begin_layout Standard
28005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28034 \begin_layout Standard
28040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28052 \begin_layout Standard
28066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28103 \begin_layout Standard
28117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28120 \begin_layout Standard
28135 <row topline="true">
28136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28139 \begin_layout Standard
28154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28166 \begin_layout Standard
28172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28243 \begin_layout Standard
28257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28312 \begin_layout Standard
28326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28329 \begin_layout Standard
28343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28380 \begin_layout Standard
28395 <row topline="true">
28396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28417 \begin_layout Standard
28423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28435 \begin_layout Standard
28449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28503 \begin_layout Standard
28517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28546 \begin_layout Standard
28552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28555 \begin_layout Standard
28569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28572 \begin_layout Standard
28586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28589 \begin_layout Standard
28603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28606 \begin_layout Standard
28620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28623 \begin_layout Standard
28637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28655 <row topline="true">
28656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28659 \begin_layout Standard
28674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28677 \begin_layout Standard
28683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28695 \begin_layout Standard
28709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28729 \begin_layout Standard
28743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28746 \begin_layout Standard
28760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28763 \begin_layout Standard
28777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28780 \begin_layout Standard
28794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28797 \begin_layout Standard
28803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28806 \begin_layout Standard
28812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28815 \begin_layout Standard
28829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28832 \begin_layout Standard
28846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28849 \begin_layout Standard
28863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28883 \begin_layout Standard
28897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28900 \begin_layout Standard
28915 <row topline="true">
28916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28919 \begin_layout Standard
28934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28946 \begin_layout Standard
28952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28989 \begin_layout Standard
29003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29006 \begin_layout Standard
29020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29023 \begin_layout Standard
29037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29066 \begin_layout Standard
29072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29075 \begin_layout Standard
29089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29092 \begin_layout Standard
29106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29109 \begin_layout Standard
29123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29126 \begin_layout Standard
29140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29160 \begin_layout Standard
29175 <row topline="true">
29176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29197 \begin_layout Standard
29203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29215 \begin_layout Standard
29229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29232 \begin_layout Standard
29246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29249 \begin_layout Standard
29263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29266 \begin_layout Standard
29280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29283 \begin_layout Standard
29297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29300 \begin_layout Standard
29314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29317 \begin_layout Standard
29323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29326 \begin_layout Standard
29332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29352 \begin_layout Standard
29366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29369 \begin_layout Standard
29383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29386 \begin_layout Standard
29400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29420 \begin_layout Standard
29435 <row topline="true">
29436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29439 \begin_layout Standard
29454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29466 \begin_layout Standard
29472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29475 \begin_layout Standard
29489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29492 \begin_layout Standard
29506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29509 \begin_layout Standard
29523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29526 \begin_layout Standard
29542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29545 \begin_layout Standard
29559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29562 \begin_layout Standard
29576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29579 \begin_layout Standard
29585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29588 \begin_layout Standard
29594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29597 \begin_layout Standard
29611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29614 \begin_layout Standard
29628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29631 \begin_layout Standard
29645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29648 \begin_layout Standard
29662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29665 \begin_layout Standard
29679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29697 <row topline="true">
29698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Standard
29716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29728 \begin_layout Standard
29734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29737 \begin_layout Standard
29751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29754 \begin_layout Standard
29768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29771 \begin_layout Standard
29785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29788 \begin_layout Standard
29802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29805 \begin_layout Standard
29819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29822 \begin_layout Standard
29836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29839 \begin_layout Standard
29845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29848 \begin_layout Standard
29854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29857 \begin_layout Standard
29863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29866 \begin_layout Standard
29880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29883 \begin_layout Standard
29897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29900 \begin_layout Standard
29914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29917 \begin_layout Standard
29931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29934 \begin_layout Standard
29949 <row topline="true">
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Standard
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Standard
29977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29980 \begin_layout Standard
29986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29989 \begin_layout Standard
30003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30006 \begin_layout Standard
30020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30023 \begin_layout Standard
30037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Standard
30054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30057 \begin_layout Standard
30071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30074 \begin_layout Standard
30088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30091 \begin_layout Standard
30097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30100 \begin_layout Standard
30106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30109 \begin_layout Standard
30123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30126 \begin_layout Standard
30140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30143 \begin_layout Standard
30157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30160 \begin_layout Standard
30174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30177 \begin_layout Standard
30191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30194 \begin_layout Standard
30209 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Standard
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Standard
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Standard
30246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30249 \begin_layout Standard
30263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Standard
30280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30283 \begin_layout Standard
30297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Standard
30314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30317 \begin_layout Standard
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Standard
30340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30343 \begin_layout Standard
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Standard
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Standard
30375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30378 \begin_layout Standard
30392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30395 \begin_layout Standard
30409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Standard
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Standard
30443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30446 \begin_layout Standard
30473 \begin_layout Standard
30474 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30476 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30477 also the characters from
30489 \begin_layout Itemize
30498 \begin_layout Standard
30499 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30504 \begin_layout Standard
30505 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30510 \begin_layout Standard
30511 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30516 \begin_layout Standard
30517 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30522 \begin_layout Standard
30528 \begin_layout Standard
30534 \begin_layout Standard
30541 \begin_layout Itemize
30554 \begin_layout Standard
30560 \begin_layout Standard
30566 \begin_layout Standard
30572 \begin_layout Standard
30578 \begin_layout Standard
30584 \begin_layout Standard
30591 \begin_layout Standard
30592 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30593 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30594 Also make sure you're using the
30601 \begin_layout Chapter
30604 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30605 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30612 \begin_layout Standard
30613 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30614 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30615 inside the user's guide.
30618 \begin_layout Section
30620 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30628 \begin_layout Standard
30633 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30634 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30637 \begin_layout Subsection
30641 \begin_layout Standard
30642 Creates a new document.
30645 \begin_layout Subsection
30649 \begin_layout Standard
30650 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30651 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30652 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30655 \begin_layout Subsection
30659 \begin_layout Standard
30663 \begin_layout Subsection
30667 \begin_layout Standard
30668 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30669 Click there on a file to open it.
30672 \begin_layout Subsection
30676 \begin_layout Standard
30677 Closes the current document.
30680 \begin_layout Subsection
30684 \begin_layout Standard
30685 Saves the actual document.
30688 \begin_layout Subsection
30692 \begin_layout Standard
30693 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30696 \begin_layout Subsection
30700 \begin_layout Standard
30701 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30704 \begin_layout Subsection
30708 \begin_layout Standard
30709 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30710 It is described in the section
30712 Version Control in LyX
30716 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30722 \begin_layout Subsection
30726 \begin_layout Standard
30727 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30728 text files (ASCII-files).
30729 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30732 \begin_layout Standard
30733 When using the menu
30736 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30739 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30740 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30741 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30742 will start a new paragraph.
30745 \begin_layout Subsection
30747 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30755 \begin_layout Standard
30756 You can export your document to various file formats.
30757 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30758 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30759 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30762 \begin_layout Standard
30763 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30764 section\InsetSpace ~
30766 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30767 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30774 \begin_layout Description
30780 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30781 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30784 \begin_layout Description
30792 \begin_layout Description
30793 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30797 \begin_layout Description
30800 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30805 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30813 \begin_layout Description
30820 \begin_layout Standard
30830 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30831 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30835 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30838 \begin_layout Description
30845 \begin_layout Standard
30855 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30856 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30864 \begin_layout Description
30866 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30874 is replaced by the version number)
30877 \begin_layout Description
30878 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30891 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30895 \begin_layout Description
30900 PDF-format using the program
30905 \begin_layout Description
30911 PDF-format using the program
30916 \begin_layout Description
30922 PDF-format using the program
30927 \begin_layout Description
30936 \begin_layout Description
30943 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
30944 and then exported as text using the program
30949 \begin_layout Description
30954 PostScript format using the program
30959 \begin_layout Description
30967 \begin_layout Standard
30972 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
30973 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
30979 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
30982 \begin_layout Standard
30983 If one of the menu entries
30996 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30997 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30999 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31000 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31005 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31006 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31013 \begin_layout Standard
31018 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
31019 the export program.
31022 \begin_layout Subsection
31026 \begin_layout Standard
31027 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
31028 or send it to a printer.
31029 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
31030 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
31036 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
31038 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31039 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
31046 \begin_layout Subsection
31047 New and Close Window
31050 \begin_layout Standard
31051 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
31052 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
31055 \begin_layout Section
31057 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31065 \begin_layout Subsection
31069 \begin_layout Standard
31070 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31072 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31073 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31080 \begin_layout Subsection
31081 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31084 \begin_layout Standard
31085 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31087 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31088 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31095 \begin_layout Subsection
31099 \begin_layout Standard
31100 Selects the whole document.
31103 \begin_layout Subsection
31105 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31106 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
31113 \begin_layout Standard
31114 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31116 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31117 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31124 \begin_layout Subsection
31125 Move paragraph Up/Down
31128 \begin_layout Standard
31129 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31133 \begin_layout Subsection
31135 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31136 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
31143 \begin_layout Standard
31144 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31146 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31147 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31154 \begin_layout Subsection
31156 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31157 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31164 \begin_layout Standard
31165 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31167 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31170 \begin_layout Standard
31171 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31172 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31175 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31186 \begin_layout Subsection
31190 \begin_layout Standard
31191 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31192 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31193 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31195 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31196 reference "sec:Tables"
31200 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31202 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31203 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31210 \begin_layout Subsection
31211 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31214 \begin_layout Standard
31215 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31217 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31219 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31220 reference "sec:Nesting"
31225 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31226 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31233 \begin_layout Section
31235 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31243 \begin_layout Standard
31248 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31249 document with an external program.
31250 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31251 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31252 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31254 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31255 reference "sub:Export"
31260 You should at least see the menu entries
31270 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31271 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31273 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31274 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31279 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31280 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31287 \begin_layout Standard
31288 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31289 The viewer can be set in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31291 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31292 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
31297 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured or later
31301 \begin_layout Standard
31302 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31305 At the bottom of the
31309 menu the opened documents are listed.
31312 \begin_layout Subsection
31316 \begin_layout Standard
31317 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31318 in section\InsetSpace ~
31320 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31321 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31328 \begin_layout Subsection
31332 \begin_layout Standard
31333 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31334 opening a new view window.
31337 \begin_layout Subsection
31339 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31340 name "sub:Toolbars"
31345 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31353 \begin_layout Standard
31354 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31355 All toolbars and the
31357 Command\InsetSpace ~
31360 can be turned on and off.
31365 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31383 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31387 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31394 \begin_layout Standard
31399 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31403 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31404 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31405 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31406 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31407 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31410 \begin_layout Standard
31411 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31414 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31421 \begin_layout Section
31423 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31424 name "Menu ! Insert"
31431 \begin_layout Subsection
31435 \begin_layout Standard
31436 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31438 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31439 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31446 \begin_layout Subsection
31448 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31449 name "sub:Special-Character"
31456 \begin_layout Standard
31457 Here you can insert the following characters:
31460 \begin_layout Description
31461 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31465 \begin_layout Description
31468 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31470 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31471 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31478 \begin_layout Description
31479 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31480 Quote Inserts this quote:
31481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31484 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31486 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31496 \begin_layout Description
31497 Single\InsetSpace ~
31498 Quote Inserts this quote:
31499 \begin_inset Quotes els
31505 \begin_layout Description
31507 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31511 \begin_layout Description
31512 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31515 name "Phonetic symbols"
31520 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31521 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31525 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31526 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31527 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31532 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31533 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31539 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31543 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31550 and this Wiki-page:
31553 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31554 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31561 \begin_layout Subsection
31565 \begin_layout Standard
31566 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31569 \begin_layout Description
31570 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31571 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31577 \begin_layout Description
31578 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31579 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31585 \begin_layout Description
31586 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31587 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31589 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31590 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31597 \begin_layout Description
31598 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31599 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31601 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31602 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31609 \begin_layout Description
31611 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31613 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31614 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31621 \begin_layout Description
31622 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31623 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31625 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31626 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31633 \begin_layout Description
31634 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31635 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31637 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31638 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31645 \begin_layout Description
31646 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31647 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31649 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31650 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31657 \begin_layout Description
31658 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31659 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31661 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31662 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31669 \begin_layout Description
31670 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31671 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31673 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31674 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31681 \begin_layout Description
31683 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31685 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31686 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31693 \begin_layout Description
31695 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31698 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31705 \begin_layout Description
31707 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31709 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31710 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31717 \begin_layout Description
31719 Double\InsetSpace ~
31720 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31722 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31723 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31730 \begin_layout Subsection
31734 \begin_layout Standard
31735 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31736 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31737 in section\InsetSpace ~
31739 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31740 reference "sec:toc"
31745 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31747 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31748 reference "sec:Index"
31752 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31754 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31755 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31759 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31761 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31762 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31769 \begin_layout Subsection
31773 \begin_layout Standard
31774 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31776 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31777 reference "sec:Floats"
31784 \begin_layout Subsection
31788 \begin_layout Standard
31789 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31792 reference "sec:Notes"
31799 \begin_layout Subsection
31803 \begin_layout Standard
31804 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31806 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31807 reference "sec:Branches"
31814 \begin_layout Subsection
31816 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31817 name "External Material"
31824 \begin_layout Standard
31825 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31826 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31837 \begin_layout Subsection
31839 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31847 \begin_layout Standard
31848 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31850 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31851 reference "sec:Minipages"
31856 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31867 \begin_layout Subsection
31871 \begin_layout Standard
31872 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31874 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31875 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31882 \begin_layout Subsection
31886 \begin_layout Standard
31887 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31889 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31890 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31897 \begin_layout Subsection
31901 \begin_layout Standard
31902 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31904 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31905 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31912 \begin_layout Subsection
31914 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31920 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31921 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31928 \begin_layout Standard
31929 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
31930 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31932 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31933 reference "sec:Floats"
31937 , cations in longtables are described in section
31948 \begin_layout Subsection
31952 \begin_layout Standard
31953 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31955 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31956 reference "sec:Index"
31963 \begin_layout Subsection
31967 \begin_layout Standard
31968 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31970 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31971 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31978 \begin_layout Subsection
31982 \begin_layout Standard
31984 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31986 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31987 reference "sec:Tables"
31994 \begin_layout Subsection
31998 \begin_layout Standard
32000 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32002 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32003 reference "sec:Graphics"
32010 \begin_layout Subsection
32014 \begin_layout Standard
32015 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32017 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32018 reference "sec:URL"
32025 \begin_layout Subsection
32029 \begin_layout Standard
32030 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
32032 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32033 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32040 \begin_layout Subsection
32044 \begin_layout Standard
32045 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
32047 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32048 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
32055 \begin_layout Subsection
32059 \begin_layout Standard
32060 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
32062 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32063 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32070 \begin_layout Subsection
32074 \begin_layout Standard
32075 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32077 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32078 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32085 \begin_layout Subsection
32087 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32088 name "Program listings"
32095 \begin_layout Standard
32096 Inserts a program listings box.
32097 Program listings are explained in chapter
32099 Program Code Listings
32108 \begin_layout Subsection
32112 \begin_layout Standard
32113 Inserts the actual date in the following form: month/day/year
32116 \begin_layout Standard
32117 The format is independent of the document language.
32118 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32128 There the different methods are also compared.
32131 \begin_layout Section
32133 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32134 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32141 \begin_layout Standard
32142 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32143 the current document.
32144 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32147 \begin_layout Standard
32148 The Navigate menu also offers to
32151 \begin_layout Subsection
32155 \begin_layout Standard
32156 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32157 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32159 between section\InsetSpace ~
32161 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32162 2.5 and use the menu
32166 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32170 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32174 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32178 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32190 \begin_layout Standard
32191 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32192 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32195 \begin_layout Subsection
32196 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32199 \begin_layout Standard
32200 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32204 \begin_layout Subsection
32208 \begin_layout Standard
32209 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32210 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32211 on a cross-reference box.
32214 \begin_layout Section
32216 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32217 name "Menu ! Document"
32224 \begin_layout Subsection
32228 \begin_layout Standard
32229 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32231 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32232 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32239 \begin_layout Subsection
32244 \begin_layout Standard
32254 \begin_layout Standard
32255 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32257 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32260 \begin_layout Standard
32261 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32266 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32269 \begin_layout Subsection
32273 \begin_layout Standard
32274 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32276 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32277 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32284 \begin_layout Subsection
32285 Start Appendix Here
32288 \begin_layout Standard
32289 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32290 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32292 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32293 reference "sec:Appendices"
32300 \begin_layout Subsection
32304 \begin_layout Standard
32305 Un/compresses the actual document.
32308 \begin_layout Subsection
32310 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32311 name "sub:Settings"
32316 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32317 name "Document ! Settings"
32324 \begin_layout Standard
32325 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32327 You can save your document settings as default with the
32329 Save as Document Defaults
32331 button in the dialog.
32332 This will create a template named
32336 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32340 \begin_layout Standard
32341 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32344 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32348 \begin_layout Standard
32349 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32350 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32352 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32353 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32358 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32363 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32364 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32367 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32371 \begin_layout Standard
32372 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32374 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32375 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32382 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32386 \begin_layout Standard
32387 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32389 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32393 \begin_layout Standard
32394 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32395 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32396 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32399 \begin_layout Standard
32400 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32408 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32412 \begin_layout Standard
32413 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32415 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32416 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32421 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32422 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32429 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32433 \begin_layout Standard
32434 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32436 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32437 reference "sub:Margins"
32444 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32446 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32447 name "Language ! Encoding"
32454 \begin_layout Standard
32455 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32456 The encoding is necessary to be able to enter characters in the document
32459 you want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and not by
32460 using LaTeX-commands.
32463 \begin_layout Standard
32464 If you use the option
32466 use language's default encoding
32468 , the default encoding for the selected language is used.
32471 \begin_layout Standard
32472 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32475 \begin_layout Description
32476 amscii8 encoding for Armenian
32479 \begin_layout Description
32480 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32483 \begin_layout Description
32484 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32487 \begin_layout Description
32488 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32491 \begin_layout Description
32492 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32495 \begin_layout Description
32496 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32499 \begin_layout Description
32500 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32501 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32504 \begin_layout Description
32505 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32506 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32509 \begin_layout Description
32510 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32513 \begin_layout Description
32514 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32517 \begin_layout Description
32518 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32521 \begin_layout Description
32522 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32525 \begin_layout Description
32526 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32527 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32528 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32532 \begin_layout Description
32533 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32534 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32537 \begin_layout Description
32538 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32542 \begin_layout Description
32543 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32546 \begin_layout Description
32547 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32548 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32551 \begin_layout Description
32552 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32553 the euro currency sign, the
32557 \begin_layout Standard
32566 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32567 be the replacement for latin1
32570 \begin_layout Description
32571 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32574 \begin_layout Description
32575 utf8 code page for Unicode utf8
32578 \begin_layout Description
32579 UTF8 code page provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
32582 \begin_layout Description
32583 utf8-plain code page provided to be used with for
32591 \begin_layout Standard
32592 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32593 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32595 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found here:
32596 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
32597 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
32606 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32611 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32612 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32619 \begin_layout Description
32620 utf8x code page provided for CJK languages
32623 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32627 \begin_layout Standard
32628 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32629 in section\InsetSpace ~
32631 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32632 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32639 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32643 \begin_layout Standard
32644 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32647 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32648 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32659 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32660 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32665 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32667 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32668 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32675 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32679 \begin_layout Standard
32680 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32683 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32684 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32693 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32694 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32700 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32703 \begin_layout Standard
32708 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32709 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32712 \begin_layout Standard
32717 is used for special integral characters.
32720 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32724 \begin_layout Standard
32725 The float placement options are described in section
32726 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32730 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32731 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32738 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32742 \begin_layout Standard
32743 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32744 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32746 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32747 reference "sec:Itemize"
32754 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32758 \begin_layout Standard
32759 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32761 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32762 reference "sec:Branches"
32769 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32774 \begin_layout Standard
32784 \begin_layout Standard
32785 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32786 to define LaTeX-commands.
32787 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32788 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32792 \begin_layout Standard
32793 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32795 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32796 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32803 \begin_layout Section
32805 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32806 name "Menu ! Tools"
32813 \begin_layout Subsection
32817 \begin_layout Standard
32818 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32820 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32821 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32828 \begin_layout Subsection
32832 \begin_layout Standard
32833 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32835 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32836 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
32843 \begin_layout Subsection
32845 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32853 \begin_layout Standard
32854 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
32858 \begin_layout Subsection
32863 \begin_layout Standard
32871 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32872 name "TeX Information"
32879 \begin_layout Standard
32880 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
32883 \begin_layout Subsection
32885 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32886 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
32891 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32892 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
32899 \begin_layout Standard
32900 This menu reconfigures LyX.
32901 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
32903 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32904 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32911 \begin_layout Subsection
32915 \begin_layout Standard
32916 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
32917 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32921 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32922 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
32929 \begin_layout Section
32931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32939 \begin_layout Standard
32940 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
32944 \begin_layout Standard
32950 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
32951 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
32953 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32954 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
32961 \begin_layout Section
32963 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32964 name "sec:Toolbars"
32971 \begin_layout Standard
32972 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32974 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32975 reference "sub:Toolbars"
32982 \begin_layout Standard
32983 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
32984 This is described in the
32992 \begin_layout Subsection
32994 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32995 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33002 \begin_layout Standard
33003 \begin_inset Graphics
33004 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33012 \begin_layout Standard
33013 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33019 \begin_layout Standard
33020 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33037 \begin_inset Note Note
33040 \begin_layout Standard
33041 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33046 manual for more information.
33054 \begin_layout Standard
33055 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33061 \begin_layout Standard
33062 \begin_inset Tabular
33063 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33064 <features islongtable="true">
33065 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33066 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33071 \begin_layout Standard
33072 \begin_inset Graphics
33073 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33086 \begin_layout Standard
33087 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33100 \begin_layout Standard
33101 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33107 \begin_layout Standard
33109 \begin_inset Tabular
33110 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33111 <features islongtable="true">
33112 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33113 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33114 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33118 \begin_layout Standard
33121 \begin_inset Graphics
33122 filename ../images/buffer-new.xpm
33123 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Standard
33138 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Standard
33150 \begin_inset Graphics
33151 filename ../images/file-open.xpm
33152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Standard
33167 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33174 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33178 \begin_layout Standard
33179 \begin_inset Graphics
33180 filename ../images/buffer-write.xpm
33181 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33193 \begin_layout Standard
33196 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33207 \begin_layout Standard
33208 \begin_inset Graphics
33209 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
33210 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Standard
33225 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33232 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33236 \begin_layout Standard
33237 \begin_inset Graphics
33238 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.xpm
33239 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Standard
33254 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Standard
33266 \begin_inset Graphics
33267 filename ../images/undo.xpm
33268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Standard
33283 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Standard
33295 \begin_inset Graphics
33296 filename ../images/redo.xpm
33297 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Standard
33312 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33323 \begin_layout Standard
33324 \begin_inset Graphics
33325 filename ../images/cut.xpm
33326 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33338 \begin_layout Standard
33341 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Standard
33353 \begin_inset Graphics
33354 filename ../images/copy.xpm
33355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33367 \begin_layout Standard
33370 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Standard
33382 \begin_inset Graphics
33383 filename ../images/paste.xpm
33384 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33396 \begin_layout Standard
33399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Standard
33411 \begin_inset Graphics
33412 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.xpm
33413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33414 rotateOrigin center
33423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33426 \begin_layout Standard
33429 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33430 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33431 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Standard
33443 \begin_inset Graphics
33444 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
33445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Standard
33458 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33460 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Standard
33475 \begin_inset Graphics
33476 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
33477 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Standard
33490 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33492 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33502 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33506 \begin_layout Standard
33507 \begin_inset Graphics
33508 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
33509 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33521 \begin_layout Standard
33522 Formats text using the current settings in the
33524 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33538 \begin_layout Standard
33539 \begin_inset Graphics
33540 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
33541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Standard
33556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33557 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33558 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33570 \begin_inset Graphics
33571 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
33572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33573 rotateOrigin center
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Standard
33588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33595 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Standard
33600 \begin_inset Graphics
33601 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
33602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33603 rotateOrigin center
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Standard
33618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Standard
33630 \begin_inset Graphics
33631 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.xpm
33632 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33633 rotateOrigin center
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Standard
33646 Toggle outline window on/off,
33648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Standard
33660 \begin_inset Graphics
33661 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.xpm
33662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33663 rotateOrigin center
33672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33675 \begin_layout Standard
33676 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Standard
33687 \begin_inset Graphics
33688 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.xpm
33689 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33690 rotateOrigin center
33699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33702 \begin_layout Standard
33703 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33716 \begin_layout Subsection
33718 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33719 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33726 \begin_layout Standard
33727 \begin_inset Graphics
33728 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33736 \begin_layout Standard
33737 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33743 \begin_layout Standard
33744 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33748 \begin_layout Standard
33749 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33755 \begin_layout Standard
33756 \begin_inset Tabular
33757 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33758 <features islongtable="true">
33759 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33760 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Standard
33766 \begin_inset Graphics
33767 filename ../images/layout.xpm
33768 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33769 rotateOrigin center
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Standard
33788 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33792 \begin_layout Standard
33793 \begin_inset Graphics
33794 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.xpm
33795 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33796 rotateOrigin center
33805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33808 \begin_layout Standard
33815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Standard
33820 \begin_inset Graphics
33821 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.xpm
33822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33823 rotateOrigin center
33832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33835 \begin_layout Standard
33842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33846 \begin_layout Standard
33847 \begin_inset Graphics
33848 filename ../images/layout_List.xpm
33849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33850 rotateOrigin center
33859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33862 \begin_layout Standard
33869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Standard
33874 \begin_inset Graphics
33875 filename ../images/layout_Description.xpm
33876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33877 rotateOrigin center
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Standard
33896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Standard
33901 \begin_inset Graphics
33902 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
33903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33904 rotateOrigin center
33913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33916 \begin_layout Standard
33919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33920 Increase\InsetSpace ~
33928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33932 \begin_layout Standard
33933 \begin_inset Graphics
33934 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
33935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33936 rotateOrigin center
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Standard
33951 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33952 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
33960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Standard
33965 \begin_inset Graphics
33966 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.xpm
33967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33979 \begin_layout Standard
33982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33983 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Standard
33995 \begin_inset Graphics
33996 filename ../images/float-insert_table.xpm
33997 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Standard
34012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34013 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Standard
34025 \begin_inset Graphics
34026 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
34027 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34039 \begin_layout Standard
34042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Standard
34054 \begin_inset Graphics
34055 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
34056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34068 \begin_layout Standard
34071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34082 \begin_layout Standard
34083 \begin_inset Graphics
34084 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
34085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Standard
34100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34111 \begin_layout Standard
34112 \begin_inset Graphics
34113 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
34114 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34137 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34141 \begin_layout Standard
34142 \begin_inset Graphics
34143 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.xpm
34144 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34156 \begin_layout Standard
34159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34160 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Standard
34172 \begin_inset Graphics
34173 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
34174 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34186 \begin_layout Standard
34189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34200 \begin_layout Standard
34201 \begin_inset Graphics
34202 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
34203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34204 rotateOrigin center
34213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34216 \begin_layout Standard
34219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34220 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34231 \begin_layout Standard
34232 \begin_inset Graphics
34233 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
34234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34246 \begin_layout Standard
34249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34250 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34262 \begin_layout Standard
34263 \begin_inset Graphics
34264 filename ../images/url-insert.xpm
34265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34277 \begin_layout Standard
34280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Standard
34292 \begin_inset Graphics
34293 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
34294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34306 \begin_layout Standard
34309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34316 \begin_layout Standard
34331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34335 \begin_layout Standard
34336 \begin_inset Graphics
34337 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.xpm
34338 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34350 \begin_layout Standard
34353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34354 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34366 \begin_layout Standard
34367 \begin_inset Graphics
34368 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.xpm
34369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34370 rotateOrigin center
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Standard
34385 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34397 \begin_layout Standard
34398 \begin_inset Graphics
34399 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.xpm
34400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34401 rotateOrigin center
34410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34413 \begin_layout Standard
34416 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34417 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34428 \begin_layout Standard
34429 \begin_inset Graphics
34430 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
34431 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34432 rotateOrigin center
34441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34444 \begin_layout Standard
34447 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34461 \begin_layout Subsection
34462 View / Update Toolbar
34463 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34464 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34471 \begin_layout Standard
34472 \begin_inset Graphics
34473 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34480 \begin_layout Standard
34481 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34487 \begin_layout Standard
34488 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34492 \begin_layout Standard
34493 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34499 \begin_layout Standard
34500 \begin_inset Tabular
34501 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34502 <features islongtable="true">
34503 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34504 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34509 \begin_layout Standard
34510 \begin_inset Graphics
34511 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
34512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34513 rotateOrigin center
34522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34525 \begin_layout Standard
34528 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34539 \begin_layout Standard
34540 \begin_inset Graphics
34541 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.xpm
34542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34543 rotateOrigin center
34552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34555 \begin_layout Standard
34558 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34559 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Standard
34571 \begin_inset Graphics
34572 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.xpm
34573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34574 rotateOrigin center
34583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34586 \begin_layout Standard
34589 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34596 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34600 \begin_layout Standard
34601 \begin_inset Graphics
34602 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.xpm
34603 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34604 rotateOrigin center
34613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34616 \begin_layout Standard
34619 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34620 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34625 \begin_layout Standard
34626 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34627 functionality is merged with
34629 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34648 \begin_layout Standard
34649 \begin_inset Graphics
34650 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.xpm
34651 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34652 rotateOrigin center
34661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34664 \begin_layout Standard
34667 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34678 \begin_layout Standard
34679 \begin_inset Graphics
34680 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.xpm
34681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34682 rotateOrigin center
34691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34697 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34698 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34712 \begin_layout Subsection
34716 \begin_layout Standard
34717 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34719 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34720 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34724 , the table toolbar
34725 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34726 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34730 is explained in the
34737 \begin_layout Chapter
34743 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34744 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34749 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34750 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
34757 \begin_layout Standard
34758 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34760 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34763 \begin_layout Section
34767 \begin_layout Subsection
34769 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34777 \begin_layout Standard
34778 At first a note: You have to restart LyX before changes in .ui and .bind-files
34782 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34783 User Interface File
34786 \begin_layout Standard
34787 The appearance of both the menu and toolbar can both be changed by choosing
34793 For the moment, only one file exists, the
34798 A .ui-file is a text file where the menu and toolbar entries are listed.
34799 To create a new .ui-file, start with a copy of the default.ui from the folder
34800 lyx/share/lyx/ui and edit the entries.
34803 \begin_layout Standard
34808 files is straightforward.
34821 entries must be ended with an explicit
34846 s and in the case of the
34847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34859 One small word of warning.
34864 s may be inserted in a
34872 , but they are defined as
34883 \begin_layout Standard
34884 Now an example: Assuming you use the menu
34886 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34889 quite often and therefore want four available bookmarks, you can simply
34894 Item "Save Bookmark 4" "bookmark-save 4"
34896 Item "Goto Bookmark
34897 4" "bookmark-goto 4"
34901 to the navigate menu section in the .ui-file to have
34902 the fourth bookmark.
34905 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34907 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34908 name "sec:bindings"
34915 \begin_layout Standard
34916 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
34917 Several prepackaged binding files are available:
34920 \begin_layout Description
34921 cua.bind set of bindings (as the typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts)
34924 \begin_layout Description
34925 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
34936 \begin_layout Description
34937 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac
34938 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
34944 \begin_layout Standard
34945 There are also bind file for designed to them with special document classes,
34946 like broadway.bind) and bind files for special languages.
34947 The language bind file names begin with a language code, e.g.
34949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34957 LyX supports internationalization of the user interface, see section\InsetSpace ~
34959 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34960 reference "sec:Selecting-an-alternative"
34965 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
34969 \begin_layout Standard
34970 Some bind files, like math.bind, have only a small scope.
34971 When looking at the the end of the file cua.bind, you can see that they
34972 are included to keep the overview in the bind file.
34975 \begin_layout Standard
34976 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the .bind-file
34977 s with a text editor and don't forget to load the modified files into LyX
34987 files is straightforward:
34990 \begin_layout Standard
34995 bind <key combination> <lyx-function>
34998 \begin_layout Standard
34999 Both key combination and lyx-function (including any arguments) must be
35000 enclosed in "double quotes".
35001 All the LyX functions are listed in the
35008 \begin_layout Subsection
35012 \begin_layout Standard
35013 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35014 Notice that this section only deals with the fonts
35019 The fonts that appear on the
35027 are independent from these fonts, and are set in the menu
35029 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35035 \begin_layout Standard
35036 By default, LyX uses
35048 (depends on the system) as sans serif font, and
35052 as monospaced/typewriter font.
35055 \begin_layout Standard
35060 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35063 \begin_layout Standard
35064 The Font Sizes are adjusted as letter height in units of points.
35065 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35066 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35067 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35069 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35070 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35075 The font sizes are the same as used for a document font size of 10
35076 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35080 They are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35082 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35083 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35090 \begin_layout Subsection
35094 \begin_layout Standard
35095 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35096 Just choose an item in the list and use the
35103 \begin_layout Subsection
35107 \begin_layout Standard
35108 Here could you specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35111 \begin_layout Standard
35112 The button instant preview is used to enable previewing snippets of your
35114 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35116 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35117 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35124 \begin_layout Subsection
35128 \begin_layout Standard
35130 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
35131 can use the keyboard map file named
35136 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating
35138 These keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and doesn't work on
35142 \begin_layout Section
35146 \begin_layout Section
35150 \begin_layout Section
35154 \begin_layout Subsection
35158 \begin_layout Standard
35163 is the language used in new documents.
35164 The Language package should always be babel.
35165 babel translates in the background automatically text labels to the document
35167 A text label is for instance the word
35168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35175 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35182 is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
35183 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at section\InsetSpace ~
35185 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35186 reference "sec:ERT"
35193 \begin_layout Standard
35201 \begin_layout Standard
35202 There are also the following options in the menu:
35205 \begin_layout Description
35207 babel whether babel is used or not
35210 \begin_layout Description
35214 \begin_layout Description
35219 \begin_layout Description
35224 \begin_layout Description
35226 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35227 languages text marked formatted in a language different from
35228 the document language will be blue underlined
35231 \begin_layout Description
35235 language\InsetSpace ~
35236 support enables the use of languages, written from right
35237 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi
35240 \begin_layout Subsection
35244 \begin_layout Standard
35245 The spellchecker setting are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35247 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35248 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35255 \begin_layout Section
35259 \begin_layout Subsection
35263 \begin_layout Subsection
35267 \begin_layout Standard
35268 %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
35271 \begin_layout Standard
35273 %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
35276 \begin_layout Standard
35278 %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
35281 \begin_layout Standard
35283 %B locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
35286 \begin_layout Standard
35288 %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
35291 \begin_layout Standard
35293 %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) [00-99]
35296 \begin_layout Standard
35298 %d day of month (01..31)
35301 \begin_layout Standard
35306 \begin_layout Standard
35308 %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
35311 \begin_layout Standard
35313 %F same as %Y-%m-%d
35316 \begin_layout Standard
35318 %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
35321 \begin_layout Standard
35323 %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
35326 \begin_layout Standard
35331 \begin_layout Standard
35336 \begin_layout Standard
35341 \begin_layout Standard
35343 %j day of year (001..366)
35346 \begin_layout Standard
35351 \begin_layout Standard
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35361 \begin_layout Standard
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35371 \begin_layout Standard
35373 %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
35376 \begin_layout Standard
35378 %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in many locales)
35381 \begin_layout Standard
35383 %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in many locales)
35386 \begin_layout Standard
35388 %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
35391 \begin_layout Standard
35393 %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
35396 \begin_layout Standard
35398 %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)
35401 \begin_layout Standard
35403 %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommodate a leap second
35406 \begin_layout Standard
35408 %t a horizontal tab
35411 \begin_layout Standard
35413 %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
35416 \begin_layout Standard
35418 %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
35421 \begin_layout Standard
35423 %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
35426 \begin_layout Standard
35428 %V week number of year with Monday as first day of week (01..53)
35431 \begin_layout Standard
35433 %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
35436 \begin_layout Standard
35438 %W week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
35441 \begin_layout Standard
35443 %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
35446 \begin_layout Standard
35448 %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
35451 \begin_layout Standard
35453 %y last two digits of year (00..99)
35456 \begin_layout Standard
35461 \begin_layout Standard
35463 %z RFC-822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a nonstandard extension)
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35468 %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
35471 \begin_layout Subsection
35475 \begin_layout Standard
35480 sets maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
35483 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35484 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35488 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
35492 \begin_layout Standard
35493 roff command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII
35498 UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them).
35499 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
35502 \begin_layout Subsection
35507 \begin_layout Standard
35517 \begin_layout Subsection
35521 \begin_layout Section
35525 \begin_layout Standard
35526 LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using
35528 Define a pair of formats, e.g.
35538 Now define a converter from one format to the other.
35539 In our example, two possible mechanisms exist.
35542 \begin_layout Enumerate
35543 A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex
35546 \begin_layout Enumerate
35547 A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX
35548 to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf).
35551 \begin_layout Standard
35552 LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify
35553 two different Format names for
35557 files to be able to use either.
35558 Both are included by default in the
35563 Have a look and then invent your own!
35566 \begin_layout Standard
35567 Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
35568 For example, you might want to use
35572 to examine PostScript files, or
35576 to preview the LaTeX output.
35577 You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
35580 Tols\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35581 Preferences:Converters
35584 For example, to change the
35592 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
35596 (or whatever), and hit
35603 \begin_layout Section
35607 \begin_layout Section
35611 \begin_layout Section
35612 BibTeX and makeindex
35615 \begin_layout Standard
35616 Both the bibliography generating command (default
35620 ) and the index generating command (default
35633 As an alternative for
35641 can be recommended.
35645 \begin_layout Standard
35646 The command to enter is
35649 \begin_layout Quote
35652 makeindex.sh -m $$lang
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 where the placeholder
35660 will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language.
35664 \begin_layout Standard
35665 have installed the packages
35682 at a shell prompt for a help page.
35685 \begin_layout Chapter
35686 Units available in LyX
35687 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35693 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35694 name "cha:Units-available-in"
35701 \begin_layout Standard
35702 To understand the units described in this documentation,
35703 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35704 reference "cap:Units"
35708 explains all units available in LyX.
35711 \begin_layout Standard
35712 \begin_inset Float table
35718 \begin_layout Standard
35719 \begin_inset Caption
35721 \begin_layout Standard
35722 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35735 \begin_layout Standard
35736 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35742 \begin_layout Standard
35744 \begin_inset Tabular
35745 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
35747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
35748 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
35749 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
35750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35753 \begin_layout Standard
35759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35762 \begin_layout Standard
35769 <row topline="true">
35770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35773 \begin_layout Standard
35779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35782 \begin_layout Standard
35789 <row topline="true">
35790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35793 \begin_layout Standard
35799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35802 \begin_layout Standard
35809 <row topline="true">
35810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35813 \begin_layout Standard
35819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35822 \begin_layout Standard
35829 <row topline="true">
35830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35833 \begin_layout Standard
35839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35842 \begin_layout Standard
35843 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35844 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35851 <row topline="true">
35852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35855 \begin_layout Standard
35861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35864 \begin_layout Standard
35865 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35866 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35873 <row topline="true">
35874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35886 \begin_layout Standard
35887 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35888 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35895 <row topline="true">
35896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35899 \begin_layout Standard
35905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35908 \begin_layout Standard
35909 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35910 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35917 <row topline="true">
35918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35921 \begin_layout Standard
35927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35930 \begin_layout Standard
35931 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35933 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
35936 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35943 <row topline="true">
35944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35947 \begin_layout Standard
35953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35956 \begin_layout Standard
35957 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35958 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35965 <row topline="true">
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Standard
35975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35978 \begin_layout Standard
35979 % of original image width
35985 <row topline="true">
35986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35989 \begin_layout Standard
35995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35998 \begin_layout Standard
36005 <row topline="true">
36006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36009 \begin_layout Standard
36015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36018 \begin_layout Standard
36025 <row topline="true">
36026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36029 \begin_layout Standard
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Standard
36045 <row topline="true">
36046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36049 \begin_layout Standard
36055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36058 \begin_layout Standard
36065 <row topline="true">
36066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36069 \begin_layout Standard
36075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36078 \begin_layout Standard
36085 <row topline="true">
36086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36089 \begin_layout Standard
36095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36098 \begin_layout Standard
36105 <row topline="true">
36106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36109 \begin_layout Standard
36115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36118 \begin_layout Standard
36129 <row topline="true">
36130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36133 \begin_layout Standard
36139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36142 \begin_layout Standard
36153 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36157 \begin_layout Standard
36163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36166 \begin_layout Standard
36167 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36168 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36187 \begin_layout Chapter
36189 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36198 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
36199 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
36202 \begin_layout Itemize
36205 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
36208 \begin_layout Itemize
36214 \begin_layout Itemize
36220 \begin_layout Itemize
36226 \begin_layout Itemize
36232 \begin_layout Itemize
36238 \begin_layout Itemize
36244 \begin_layout Itemize
36250 \begin_layout Itemize
36253 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
36256 \begin_layout Itemize
36262 \begin_layout Itemize
36268 \begin_layout Itemize
36274 \begin_layout Itemize
36280 \begin_layout Itemize
36286 \begin_layout Itemize
36292 \begin_layout Itemize
36298 \begin_layout Itemize
36304 \begin_layout Itemize
36306 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
36314 \begin_layout Standard
36317 Bibliography created with the
36324 \begin_layout Bibliography
36325 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36335 \begin_layout Standard
36339 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
36349 \begin_inset Note Note
36352 \begin_layout Standard
36359 is explained in the
36364 It creates a TOC entry.
36367 \begin_layout Standard
36368 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
36369 two different ones in one document.
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36382 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
36391 \begin_layout Standard
36399 \begin_inset Note Note
36402 \begin_layout Standard
36409 is explained in the
36414 It creates a hyperlink.
36422 \begin_layout Bibliography
36423 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36424 key "latexcompanion"
36428 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
36430 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
36433 Addison-Wesley, 2004
36436 \begin_layout Bibliography
36437 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36442 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
36445 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
36448 Addison-Wesley, 2003
36451 \begin_layout Bibliography
36452 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36459 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
36462 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
36465 \begin_layout Bibliography
36466 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36478 Addison-Wesley, 1984
36481 \begin_layout Bibliography
36482 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36490 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36491 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
36498 \begin_layout Bibliography
36499 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36505 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36507 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
36514 \begin_layout Bibliography
36515 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36524 \begin_layout Standard
36528 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
36538 \begin_layout Standard
36545 of the LaTeX-package
36550 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36551 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
36558 \begin_layout Bibliography
36559 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36568 \begin_layout Standard
36572 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
36582 \begin_layout Standard
36589 of the LaTeX-package
36594 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36595 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
36602 \begin_layout Bibliography
36603 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36612 \begin_layout Standard
36616 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
36625 \begin_layout Standard
36632 of the LaTeX-package
36637 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36638 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
36645 \begin_layout Bibliography
36646 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36659 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
36668 \begin_layout Standard
36675 of the LaTeX-package
36680 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36681 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
36688 \begin_layout Bibliography
36689 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36698 \begin_layout Standard
36702 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
36711 \begin_layout Standard
36718 how to set up LyX for Arabic
36721 \begin_layout Bibliography
36722 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36731 \begin_layout Standard
36735 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
36744 \begin_layout Standard
36751 how to set up LyX for Armenian
36754 \begin_layout Bibliography
36755 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36764 \begin_layout Standard
36768 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
36777 \begin_layout Standard
36784 how to set up LyX for Farsi
36787 \begin_layout Bibliography
36788 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36797 \begin_layout Standard
36801 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36817 how to set up LyX for Hebrew
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36823 Bibliography created from a BibTeX-database:
36824 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
36825 options "biblio/alphadin"
36826 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
36834 \begin_layout Standard
36838 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
36848 \begin_inset Note Note
36851 \begin_layout Standard
36858 is explained in the
36863 It creates a TOC entry.
36866 \begin_layout Standard
36867 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
36868 two different ones in one document.
36876 \begin_layout Standard
36879 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
36884 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex